Vue normale

Il y a de nouveaux articles disponibles, cliquez pour rafraîchir la page.
Hier — 11 mars 2025NAS Compares

UniFi Express 7 Review (UX7)

Par : Rob Andrews
10 mars 2025 à 18:00

UniFi Express 7 Review – The Affordable UniFi Gateway?

UniFi has seriously hammered the subject of Wi-Fi 7 into their existing portfolio at an alarming speed, but it’s easy to forget that just half a year ago, there wasn’t a single Wi-Fi 7 solution in their lineup. Fast forward to February 2025, and they’ve now established every single kind of Wi-Fi 7 home/business appliance you could ever need. The latest entry into this product range is the compact and expandable UniFi Express 7. Serving as a compact and affordable entry point into establishing your own UniFi network, this device removes many of the physical Ethernet connections found on a typical router and instead prioritizes a small but easily expandable wireless networking solution to grow your network ecosystem. Arriving at $199, the UX7 was launched alongside the UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) and UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber)—three very similar devices designed to serve different kinds of Wi-Fi/wired network deployments, all offering a similar level of network control that, until now, was only really available in the UniFi Dream Machine series. However, the UniFi Express 7 is the most compact of the three new releases, and with that, it also scales back some of the feature sets found in those more powerful devices. So, is the UniFi Express 7 the best gateway device for your needs? And does its focus on gradual network expansion over out-of-the-box hardware features make it the right fit for your growing home or business network? Let’s find out in this UX7 review.

UniFi Express 7 Review – Quick Conclusion

Honestly, I kind of wish UniFi had launched the UX7 about six months ago. The UniFi Express 7 gateway is an impressive little device, and when you factor in the license-free architecture, alongside its $199 price tag for a fully Wi-Fi 7, 6 GHz-ready box, it’s hard to call this bad value. However, launching this device between the UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) and the UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber) makes it look like the weaker option of the three. And while the UX7 certainly has network expandability and appeal, I strongly recommend anyone considering it to first check out the UDR7 or UCG-Fiber. That said, for its niche, highly scalable, and modular network appeal, the UX7 delivers exactly what UniFi promises. It’s certainly worth the $199 price tag, but keep in mind that it is designed first and foremost as a network gateway. You will struggle to fully unlock its potential without integrating a UniFi switch or expanding into an existing UniFi network.

BUILD QUALITY - 8/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 8/10


8.2
PROS
👍🏻Affordable Entry Point – At $199, it’s one of the most budget-friendly ways to start a UniFi network with Wi-Fi 7 capabilities.
👍🏻Compact & Energy Efficient – Small footprint (11cm²), lightweight (422g), and low power consumption (22W max) make it ideal for home and office environments.
👍🏻Wi-Fi 7 & Tri-Band Support – 2.4GHz, 5GHz, and 6GHz bands with Multi-Link Operation (MLO) for better speed, lower latency, and improved reliability.
👍🏻10GBASE-T WAN Port – Supports high-speed internet connections, making it future-proof for faster broadband rollouts.
👍🏻Scalable with UniFi Ecosystem – Easily integrates into an existing UniFi setup with mesh Wi-Fi, UniFi switches, and other devices.
👍🏻Powerful UniFi Software – Full UniFi Controller suite with advanced network management, security, VLANs, and traffic analytics.
👍🏻USB-C Power Input – Simple and universal power delivery, allowing for flexible placement and easy powering via third-party adapters.
CONS
👎🏻Limited Wired Connectivity – Only one 2.5G LAN port (no PoE), making wired expansion less convenient compared to UDR7 or UCG-Fiber.
👎🏻No Built-in Storage – Cannot run UniFi Protect or other UniFi applications natively, requiring external UniFi hardware for advanced services.

 

Where to Buy

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 


UniFi Express 7 Review – Design and Connections

Considering that this tiny device features tri-band Wi-Fi, 10G networking, and 2.5G networking, it’s kind of bonkers how small it is. Equipped with an internal quad-core ARM processor and 3GB of DDR4 memory, these modest yet highly capable internal components are more than enough to keep your data moving smoothly. The $199 launch price of the UX7 puts it slightly closer to the price of most Pro-sumer routers. While it’s not overpriced, some users may question whether there are better, more hardware-capable devices available at a similar price point in early 2025.

However, the main appeal of that price point is not exclusively about the hardware, and you have to factor in that this device is bundled with the UniFi software, offering full integration and utility of said hardware. This tiny box is able to host full control of a UniFi network, managing—via a single pane of glass interface—over 30 individual UniFi-connected/adopted devices and well over 300 clients at any given time. A big part of the appeal of UniFi products is that single ecosystem, and once you factor in that platform alongside the hardware, the $199 price tag starts to make a lot more sense.

Although the system features two copper connections on the rear, the priority of the device will always be Wi-Fi connectivity. This small box is able to cover up to 1,500 square feet of wireless connectivity, but do factor in walls and rooms—of course! A lot of this coverage depends on the antenna and frequencies your client devices choose to use, and in that regard, the UX7 continues to push the boundaries.

Scaling things up from the previous generation UniFi Express device, the UX7 supports Wi-Fi 7, Wi-Fi 6E, Wi-Fi 6, and traditional legacy Wi-Fi. Although the device has no external antenna, there are strategically placed antennas throughout the inside of this device. Thanks to the increased 6 GHz frequency access via the 2×2 6 GHz antennas inside and Wi-Fi 7’s utilization of 320 MHz channels, this opens the door to substantial performance increases in the UX7 over its predecessor.

Additionally, Wi-Fi 7 integrates Multi-Link Operation (MLO), which means Wi-Fi 7-supported client devices can create multiple simultaneous connections over different frequencies, drastically enhancing wireless performance—to the point where it dwarfs traditional wired connections.

The 6 GHz band has a shorter coverage distance than 5 GHz, and likewise 5 GHz has a shorter range than 2.4 GHz. Although Wi-Fi 7 certainly solves many issues related to maximizing available radio frequencies, keep in mind that distance will still be a factor. Because of the small scale of this device, there are questions about true distance coverage compared to a router with more antennas and external antennas. Depending on the number of simultaneous frequencies via MLO that your client device can utilize, the maximum performance potential of this device will differ. However, across all of the available bands, you can achieve:

  • 688 Mbps maximum bandwidth on the 2.4 GHz frequency,
  • 4.3 Gbps performance on the 5 GHz frequency,
  • A whopping 5.7 Gbps potential on the 6 GHz frequency.

Consider these more of a guideline to the larger shared bandwidth across multiple client devices, but nevertheless, they still indicate the performance potential of this tiny box once it’s integrated into your network. Although we will delve into more detail about security and encryption later in the review, it’s also worth highlighting that this system supports encrypted protocols all the way up to WPA3 for wireless transmissions. The UniFi Controller software provides an almost unrivaled level of network security management and troubleshooting, with controls extending down to individual devices, groups, VLANs, and MAC addresses.

This means that even if you begin integrating third-party hardware into your network environment or stick to UniFi client devices as you expand upon this gateway device, the lock-and-door approach to your ISP services will always be significantly tighter thanks to having the UX7 as your gateway. Moving over to the wired connections, the system features a 2.5G Ethernet port that is utilized as a LAN connection. This means you can integrate an existing switch and expand your UniFi network toward more wired devices, as well as creating multiple virtual LAN arms in your network environment.

Unfortunately, this 2.5G port does not support Power over Ethernet (PoE), which means any connected devices will need their own power source. This is a shame, because both the simultaneously released UDR7 and UCG-Fiber devices each include a PoE port, making wired expansion with UniFi switches much cleaner and more convenient.

Nevertheless, it’s good that standard Gigabit Ethernet is absent in favor of 2.5G Ethernet, allowing for 2.5 times the performance of traditional and legacy networks.

Interestingly, the UX7’s WAN port is a 10GBASE-T copper connection! Most users would have assumed that this compact device would arrive with 10G SFP+, as is common with most UniFi devices. However, opting for traditional copper 10G means that as ISP services globally begin to exceed Gigabit speeds, the UniFi Express 7 gateway will not create a bottleneck, allowing your network to fully enjoy those higher speeds as they become available. This also means that this tiny box is future-proofing your internet service gateway for a considerable length of time as better connectivity options arrive. Nevertheless, I’m a little disappointed that you cannot set the 2.5G port as your WAN, thereby allowing you to dedicate the 10G connection as a wider LAN connection. This would have been beneficial when using it alongside a traditional 10G NAS system or a larger switch that would take greater advantage of 10G network speeds. Very few users in the next few years will have internet speeds exceeding 2.5G (regardless of whether you are a home or business user), so fixing the 10G connection as the only WAN port feels like overkill for many. CORRECTION! You CAN set the 2.5G as a WAN port, but you need to manually change the initial 10G WAN port to LAN or Disabled FIRST, then the option to select 2.5G as a WAN will appear!

Impressively, the device is powered by a standard USB-C PSU, which is included in the kit. It’s probably no surprise that this device is quite power-efficient, factoring in the ARM CPU alongside the system’s prioritization of Wi-Fi connectivity out of the box rather than LAN/physical WAN connections. At peak Wi-Fi bandwidth utilization, with an active 10G connection, UniFi reports that the device draws just 22 watts at peak usage. Realistically, the device will spend 90% of its time operating at a fraction of this power consumption. Another major difference between the UX7 and other UniFi network management devices released in the last 12 months is that this system does not feature any internal storage or expandable storage via an SD card or USB port.

This means that the system is unable to host popular UniFi add-on applications for surveillance, in-house communication hardware, or dedicated UniFi hardware appliances. These features can still be added via an expanded UniFi network client installation over time, which is why this device is so affordable compared to other solutions. It is designed around gradually expanding your hardware network. That said, it’s a real shame that this device does not include any baseline storage out of the box, as many users would have wanted to utilize it as the base for a convenient and easy-to-deploy UniFi Protect surveillance device. As mentioned earlier, the UX7 is quite a niche device, making it difficult to compare against an already well-provisioned router or business gateway device. The hardware design and connectivity of the UX7 are optimized for a small, compact UniFi gateway deployment, but it also includes provisions for future scalability with wireless access points (for mesh networking) and UniFi switches for expanded connectivity later.

In that vein, let’s now discuss the UniFi Controller software and how the Express 7 takes advantage of it today—while also promising greater expansion capabilities in the future.

UniFi Express 7 Review – Software and Services

IMPORTANT !!!- Currently the Software review of the Ux7 is in progress, but I have already reviewed the UDR7 device which is very similar indeed. So, whilst I complete the UCG-Fiber and UX7 review, I have included the software review of the other 2 devices below, as they are running near identical services and features (but with differences with regard to port/wifi features. I will be amending the below text very soon, but include it here to give a better understanding of what this UniFi controller software can do. Apologies for this in the meantime.

Realistically, no one should be spending inordinate amounts of time using the software that your router arrives with – that’s just a simple fact. Indeed, you want you router (or any network appliance) to just do it’s job! Therefore talking about just how good the UniFi network software is, and how the UniFi Dream Router 7 capitalized on it, is going get a mixed reaction depending on your own level of network knowledge and custom requirements. I will say straight away though that you will really, REALLY struggle to find a more capable and flexible router software at this price point. You will struggle to find ANY setting, config, adjustable parameter of control measure not included with the UX7. First off, there is the mobile application. As the UX7 hosts the UniFi network software, ALOT of the iOS and Android official UniFi applications are supported by the UX7.

Firs time setup of the router using the mobile application (you can use a desktop machine with your web browser if you prefer of course) is incredibly straight forward. The Router can be found via the local area network or Bluetooth within 2 minutes of it’s first power-on. One big misconception (I was guilt of this too a while back) was that you have to register a UI.com account online in order to use UniFi appliances. This is NOT true. You can set the device up without a UI account (and even WITHOUT an internet connection) and doing so just needs to you create a local administrator account. It is recommended to use a UI account of course, as it allowed for easier comms and access for your larger Unifi network, but it is by no means compulsory. You can also create a system backup (with your config data of users, settings, SSIDs, etc) and backup online if you choose – and then easier pull this backup if you wish during initialization easily.

Upon creating local credentials or resisting an online account, the router performs an initial internet performance test and then goes about setting up your router. Much like other recent UniFi releases, the system has a ‘gamer’ style installation screen that shows tips and guides on how to get the most out of your router – very rare in a router I will say.

The setup process takes around 2-3 minutes and after that, you have pretty much FULL control and access to the Router’s configuration from your mobile phone. You can definitely tell that UNiFi have put the hours in with regard to the UX of the mobile application. Routers (and switches for that matter) are NOT easy systems to try and simplify – let along ocndence in a compact mobile UI. However they really have excelled in the latest version of their software.

Management of individual devices on the network are all presented intuitively in the app, and alongside their position/priority/bandwidth/consumption being presented, you can also use the app to institute controls and rules for 1, some or all devices on the fly – with instant implementation. Again, it’s no the fact that you can ‘do’ this that I am impressed by, it is the ease and intuitive way it is presented in a mobile app.

The same applies to the physical connections and wireless connections on the UX7 itself, with full remote control with the app to bridge, negotiate, failover, vLAN, disable, etc any port easily – as well as create new SSIDs, assign channels and push client devices around on the router side in 3-4 clicks. All of this is performed responsively and easily in the app.

On the subject of client devices, let’s discuss that WiFi 7 support. WiFi 7 opens up ALOT of performance and general bandwidth advantages. WiFi routers and client devices have been around now for around 10-12 months, as well as the increase in availability globally of greater than Gigabit internet services. Most internet service providers have already a router with their services – but not many provide WiFi 7 routers with their services, even at greater than gigabit speeds. So, what is the advantage? For the quicker (ish) version, watch my video below.

Now, you might well not have any devices right now that are WiFi 7, but plan on upgrading to WiFi 7 at some point in the further over a PCIe upgrade card. Even if you are using a system that lacks a PCIe upgrade clot, you can get small m.2 upgrade cards for a WiFi 7 / 802.11be upgrade for as little as $15-20 here. Hell, you do not even need to open up your system, as you can now get WiFi 7 to USB adapter upgrades for as little as $25-30, which is exactly what used when testing the router with my Windows 11 laptop for the earlier testing of the UDR7.

The USB-to-WiFi 7 Adapter I used in my testing of the UDR7 was this one HERE on Aliexpress.

This USB to WiFi 7 adapter allowed for immediate 802.11be connectivity between my laptop and the UniFi Dream Router 7, over the now available 6Ghz band. Although there is more to WiFi 7 and this router than just that additional frequency. The UX7 SUPPORTS 2.4Ghz and 5ghz (just like all WiFi 6 and 6E routers), but crucially alongside the 6Ghz band allowing for more active concurrent connections, you are also able to take advantage of 320Mhz bandwidth (till now WiFi 6/6E only allowed for up to the 160Mhz connections). This means that you have a greater bandwidth per connection – though you can only have a finite amount of connections at 320Mhz at once. This is COMBINED with WiFi allowing for overlapping connections too and 1 device enjoying multiple connections at once.

This means that not only can you match the speed of a normal wired gigabit connection, but you can ABSOLUTELY SMASH IT! As you can see below, using this USB adapter on my regular windows laptop, connecting to the UniFi Dream Router 7 over the 6Hz band – I was able to hit 2.8Gb/s wireless connectivity!!! That is even faster than using one of the physical 2.5GbE connections on the UX7.

It’s worth remembering though that WiFi 7 is NOT perfect and although it presents a lot of benefits for bandwidth improvements, reduced latency and increased encryption options, support of the wider frequencies and abilities of a larger WiFi 7 populated network are still a little ‘early days’.

By that, I mean that although you can hit high performance with 320Mhz connections, the actual radio frequency opened up right now (depending on your region) is pretty slim. The UX7 DOES show you the full radio spectrum, separated dynamically with each 20/40/80/160/320Mhz block that is spread across 2.4/5/6Ghz – but ALOT of it is still unavailable to use in many regions.

These limitations are likely going to reduce over time and, therefore you have to look at a decent % of the WiFi capabilities of the UniFi Dream Router 7 as ‘future proofing’ – but just keep in mind that although you can deploy ALOT of wireless (and wired) devices in a UX7 managed environment, those peak 802.11be/WiFi 7 bandwidth improvements are going to be shared only by a few client devices – in reality the real benefits are going to be felt with the opening up of the 6Ghz frequency allowing for more devices to be spread over all three frequencies and bands at 80/160Mhz.

Anotehr note to keep in mind is that the 6Ghz band has a shorter area of effect than 5Ghz (which likewise has a shorter area than WiFi 5). So WiFi7 is at it’s best in closer proximity without walls – more as a cable alternative if you are in the same areas as your UniFi router. But when I connected to a 10GbE NAS (connected to the 10GbE port of my UCG-Fiber), I was able to hit 187MB/s write easily (though read performance was oddly inconsistent – possibly related to the NAS, still investigating – TBC) in CrystalDiskMark.

Likewise, similar testing with the WiFi 7 USB Adapter, through the UX7 and at the 10GbE connected NAS hit 260MB/s+ easily. Once again, I would have easily respected this if I had been connecting with the NAS using the 2.5GbE ports – but I am hugely impressed that I was able to hit this benchmark over a WiFi connection (thanks to that 2.8Gbps 6Ghz setup). Respect!

Additionally, it is very easy to monitor the position, WiFi coverage, Channel and performance of any device connected to the UX7 controller software. Also allowing you to create rules on the fly to automatically manage them later as/when devices arrive.

These same controls also extend all the way down to the ISP input of the UX7 AND IF YOU HAVE MULTIPLE uNIfI AP/Nodes in your setup, can control how/where bandwidth is allocated and the priority of devices/nodes that are unique to your own deployment.

The dashboard features a grouped UI and analytics overview that allows you to see the price traffic that is going into a physical LAN, grouped VLAN or just a single devices on the network – allowing you to see the sites/services/geo data in real time too!

And likewise as before, you can extent these analytics all the way to the root UX7 router to see EVERYTHING happening in realtime in your network and internet connectivity.

Blacklisting (and whitelisting occasionally) or certain websites is also easy to action manually when needed too – or you can import an existing database of ‘bad’ site lists directly into the UX7 to simplify the process.

Once rules, priorities, orders of services and limits have been created, you can then apply them to individual devices, networks, groups, vLANS, etc – even to a physical LAN port if needed. These rules are completely customizable and if 1 parameter is changed on the fly, it immediately actions across all selected devices.

It’s also worth highlighting that UniFi has its own enterprise user identity service (‘Identity Endpoint’) that you can apply to devices if you want to ensure that connected devices on the LAN or WAN are truly secure (client auth tools on each device) and this extends to the VPN and UniFi network client device access too.

I also should stress that although the UX7 seems like a very, VERY proprietary router – UniFi do NOT lock you into having to create an account with them or use only their services. You can set the system up for LOCAL ONLY management and control if you choose. Or even hybrid the two and create 1 secure ‘Identity Endpoint sys admin’, but others are ‘local’ only – nice balance tbh.

And new users (super user or billy basic!) can be created, modified and deleted at any time!

Control and configuration of the UX7 are very straight forward and there are pretty high end configuration options in the backend of the system to control both the local network setup, as well as WiFi connectivity out the box (or added later in the case of systems like the UCG Fiber via the U7/U7 Pro/U6).

And professional SI’s/Technicians can set the system to ‘truly open’ if they wish, and this can be securely controlled as needed. This allows for opening up frequencies in the case of a WiFi setup down the road and advanced settings related to antenna gain/adaption.

The system configuration and control are surprisingly extensive for a $279 router and puts it well, well into the realms of an enterprise-grade solution, despite its Prosumer/SMB price point.

Unsurprisingly, the UX7 has internet speed test tools (either using the native web browser GUI or the WiFiman application for Android/iOS).

But its goes further, with the ability to monitor the packet management in your network (covered earlier) to such as extent that you can even block the server calls to specific sites/vendors that are going through the UniFi manager and block them SPECIFICALLY. Eg, want to keep google services, but NOT YouTube (either for work/professional reasons, or because of your kids homework deadline?) – you can do that REALLY easily.

And you can apply these rules easily and analytics with ease via the topographical network monitoring window. So you can visually see the devices in the network, then apply the rules, in case a new device gets sneakily added to circumnavigate any limits/restricts in palce.

And if you see a sudden spike in internet use, you can (in seconds) isolate the device that is causing it AND see what it is – allowing yo to block/monitor as needed.

Equally, you can set some pretty extensive security provisions to pre-emptively kick in when an unknown device arrives on the scene, or if an existing device in the network begins to be suspicious.

The same goes for creating day 1/100 rules for port forwarding, traffic management and Firewall rules. All of this is HUGELY customizable and most pages in the UniFi GUI feature both ‘simple/easy’ views, as well as much more complex advanced views as needed at the top of each page.

The multiple LAN ports can also be scaled up/down as needed if your existing network is not quite ready for the full network connectivity of the UCG-Fiber too.

And thanks to the UX7 featuring multiple WAN ports, you can decide how you want to handle multiple ISP services into your home/business, to separate/combine/balance between them with ease across your connected devices.

Additionally, each WAN port can be adjusted to a ‘WAN’ or ‘LAN’ roles as needed – even disabled. So, whether it is as a failover internet connection, or that you want to free up that 10GbE port for use as a LAN – The choice is yours!

Also, as mentioned earlier, as the system supported internal storage via the slot, you can go ahead and run UniFi Protect surveillance software too – as well as as an additional switch to the available LAN ports, for cameras or add a camera to the POE port.

There are actually several different surveillance, communications, display or smart appliances in the UniFi portfolio that can be installed on the internet storage drive + also means you have more scope for that POE ready port.

It gets to a point (perhaps) that there are TOO many security and configuration options, and people looking for just a router to ‘just do it’s job’ will be somewhat overwhelmed. Most of the important settings are already set pretty well, but I never the less recommend first time buyers take the time to explore the configuration options present in order to better understand what they are buying here in terms of it’s abilities to protect your network and internet services.

This extends right the way down to the more advanced prevention and intrusion protection measures (Dark Web blocking too). Again, pretty advanced for many, but take the time to look through them if you purchase the UX7.

And if in doubt, you can use the UniFi Teleport VPN service to anonymize your site-to-site exchanges (again, very ‘first party’ and more about SD-WAN level stuff, but does form part of the purchase here).

Also, keep in mind that the UX7 has the option to create Airgaps in it’s wired network AND WiFi connectivity (if you want to add that) that allows you to create automated access times – especially useful for businesses who want to lock down access outside of the usual 9-5 operational hours.

If you want to use WiFi services, yo can create multiple SSIDs of varying degrees of access – and yes, all the controls on security, speed, antenna, frequency, vLAN, etc are all present here too.

When creating those VLANS, you can add specific physical ports, IDs, WiFi APs etc to that vLAN to segregate your network as securely as possible.

And from there you can adjust the vLAN configuration in terms of it’s smooth operation and security directly from the network management panel (as well as view all active vLANS on one page if needed to see how they interact/clash + show each device you have moved in/out of them easily.

And again, all packet management/monitoring are available within the vLAN if you need.

If this all sounds tremendously intimidating, there is a much, MUCH easier 1 panel view in the ‘Insights’ tab that just shows each current network branch and it’s connections/clients in a list format.

Not good enough? How about a global view that shows the data packet exchange in real time with regard to each region (i.e worried that your data is being harvested to an overseas location, this will show you which countries are currently connected with on your UCG-Fiber for upload/download (websites? server? It’s easy to check and find out here!).

Bottom line – the bulk of the UniFi Control Software here is available on the majority of UniFi Router, Express, Cloud Gateway and Dream Machine devices – but the EXTENT to which you can use it is heavily dependent on the device you buy. In the case of the UX7, you have a fantastic balance of Day 1 control sure, but you have an even better management and scalability on the system for when your ISP services double/triple, as well as the number of devices in your network expand.


UniFi Express 7 Review – Verdict and Conclusion

If the UniFi Express 7 had been released about six months ago, I think it would stand out considerably more than it does right now. However, sandwiching its launch between the Wi-Fi 7 UDR7 and the highly LAN-capable UCG-Fiber device somewhat muddles the launch of the UX7. The UX7 is a highly capable and highly expandable appliance that serves as an affordable, low-footprint way for home and business users to begin integrating UniFi into their network. Had this cloud gateway device arrived before the Router 7 or Fiber device, I think its integration would have been hugely appealing. However, given the small $49–$79 price difference between the Router/Fiber devices that UniFi launched at the same time, the UX7 does feel a bit underwhelming by comparison. That isn’t to say that the UX7 is a bad device! It really isn’t. UniFi has crammed a huge amount of capability and expandability into an exceedingly small frame, at just 11 cm²!

This is by far the smallest tri-band Wi-Fi 7 fully capable router-style device that I’ve ever seen, and it arrives at a lower price point than Wi-Fi 7 alternatives from Amazon or Google right now. It is also substantially easier to expand into mesh networks, thanks to the U7, U7 Pro, U6, and U6 Wall devices. Equally, the ease of adoption and integration of UniFi switches into the UX7 down the road means that you can granularly and much more affordably expand your network of UniFi devices over the years. This is a great deal easier than having to spend more money upfront on hardware that you may not even fully utilize in your network for a few years to come. Future-proofing and expandability are once again the key selling points here, but just keep in mind that there are alternatives to this product (including from UniFi themselves) available right now. It would be wise to spend a little more time considering whether those slightly more hardware-rich devices—at less than $100 more from UniFi—might be better suited to your needs.

PROS CONS
  • Affordable Entry Point – At $199, it’s one of the most budget-friendly ways to start a UniFi network with Wi-Fi 7 capabilities.
  • Compact & Energy EfficientSmall footprint (11cm²), lightweight (422g), and low power consumption (22W max) make it ideal for home and office environments.
  • Wi-Fi 7 & Tri-Band Support2.4GHz, 5GHz, and 6GHz bands with Multi-Link Operation (MLO) for better speed, lower latency, and improved reliability.
  • 10GBASE-T WAN Port – Supports high-speed internet connections, making it future-proof for faster broadband rollouts.
  • Scalable with UniFi Ecosystem – Easily integrates into an existing UniFi setup with mesh Wi-Fi, UniFi switches, and other devices.
  • Powerful UniFi SoftwareFull UniFi Controller suite with advanced network management, security, VLANs, and traffic analytics.
  • USB-C Power InputSimple and universal power delivery, allowing for flexible placement and easy powering via third-party adapters.
  • Limited Wired Connectivity – Only one 2.5G LAN port (no PoE), making wired expansion less convenient compared to UDR7 or UCG-Fiber.
  • No Built-in Storage – Cannot run UniFi Protect or other UniFi applications natively, requiring external UniFi hardware for advanced services.

Where to Buy

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 
À partir d’avant-hierNAS Compares

Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review – A REAL Mini PC for Modern Gaming?

Par : Rob Andrews
7 mars 2025 à 18:00

Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro is a compact high-performance mini PC designed for users who require a balance of processing power, AI capabilities, and expandability. Featuring the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 370 processor, it integrates 12 cores, 24 threads, and an AI NPU capable of up to 80 TOPS, making it suitable for AI-assisted workloads, virtualization, and content creation. The inclusion of AMD Radeon 890M integrated graphics allows for moderate gaming and GPU-accelerated tasks, while OcuLink support provides the option to attach an external GPU for additional performance. The system features three M.2 NVMe slots, dual USB4 ports, and dual 2.5GbE Ethernet, offering flexible storage and connectivity options. With a 140W internal power supply, the AI X1 eliminates the need for an external power brick, reducing cable clutter. Cooling and power efficiency have been addressed, with idle power consumption averaging between 19W and 23W and higher workloads drawing around 60W at 50% – does this sound like a min PC hybrid to a desktop solution? Let’s discuss the X1’s hardware, performance, AI capabilities, and expansion potential, assessing how well it meets the needs of AI developers, content creators, and general users seeking a high-performance compact system.

Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review – Quick Conclusion

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro offers a strong balance of performance, expandability, and AI acceleration in a compact form factor. It is suitable for AI-driven workloads, mid-range gaming, video processing, and professional applications. The integrated Radeon 890M GPU provides acceptable performance for gaming and AI-assisted tasks, but for more demanding graphical workloads, the inclusion of OcuLink allows users to connect an external GPU for greater flexibility. While the system includes high-speed storage options and multiple connectivity features, the lack of 10GbE networking may limit its usefulness in high-bandwidth data transfer scenarios. However, users can leverage Wi-Fi 7 or OcuLink adapters to expand networking capabilities if necessary. Overall, the Minisforum AI X1 Pro is a versatile mini PC with a focus on AI performance, storage expandability, and modular GPU upgrades. It is best suited for users who require a compact but powerful system for workstation tasks, AI processing, and moderate gaming, with the potential for external GPU scaling if additional performance is needed.

BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 10/10
PERFORMANCE - 10/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 8/10


8.8
PROS
👍🏻Powerful CPU especially for a mini PC– The Ryzen AI 9 HX 370 is fast and handles demanding tasks well.
👍🏻AI Acceleration – Built-in AI processor speeds up tasks like image recognition and automation.
👍🏻Expandable Storage – Three M.2 SSD slots for fast and flexible storage upgrades.
👍🏻External GPU Support – OCuLink allows for a full-sized GPU to boost graphics performance.
👍🏻Fast USB4 Ports – Two high-speed USB4 ports for fast storage and external devices.
👍🏻Good Cooling System – Dual fans and metal heatsinks keep temperatures in check.
👍🏻Strong Connectivity – Wi-Fi 7 and dual 2.5Gb Ethernet for fast networking.
👍🏻No External Power Brick – Built-in 140W power supply keeps cables minimal.
👍🏻Comes with Windows 11 – Ready to use out of the box.
👍🏻VESA Mount Included – Can be attached to the back of a monitor or wall for space-saving.
CONS
👎🏻Only Features Microsoft Co-Pilot out the box – Hard/impossible to easily switch to ChatGPT or DeepSeek etc
👎🏻Limited OCuLink Compatibility – External GPU and storage upgrades require specific hardware.
👎🏻Weird PSU Placement – The power supply sits above the SSD slots, which might affect cooling.
👎🏻Price - Pricing is a little mixed at launch store-to-store


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

DEAL WATCH Is It On Offer Right Now?


These Offers are Checked Daily


Minisforum AI X1 Pro Hardware Specifications:

The initial specifications of the Minisforum AI X1 Pro Mini PC will differ slightly depending on where you buy and the configuration you choose (i.e the base level memory and storage). Additionally, the system will always arrive with Windows 11 (officially licenced) preinstalled on an SSD in one of the M.2 NVMe Gen 4×4 slots.

Component Specification
Processor AMD Ryzen™ AI 9 HX 370 (12 Cores / 24 Threads, Zen 5 + Zen 5c)
Base Clock 2.0 GHz (Zen 5), 2.0 GHz (Zen 5c)
Boost Clock Up to 5.1 GHz (Zen 5), Up to 3.3 GHz (Zen 5c)
TDP 28W (Configurable 15-54W)
L2 Cache 12 MB
L3 Cache 24 MB
Memory Dual-channel DDR5 (Up to 96GB at 5600MHz, 2 SODIMM Slots)
Included Memory 64GB (2x 32GB Crucial DDR5 SODIMM modules)
ECC Support No ECC support
Storage (Internal) 3x M.2 2280 PCIe 4.0 NVMe slots – 2x Gen4 x4 (8GB/s), 1x Gen4 x1 (2GB/s)
Storage (Expansion) Supports NVMe RAID (0,1), External USB4 SSDs, OcuLink PCIe devices
GPU AMD Radeon™ 890M (16 cores, 2900 MHz)
AI Engine AMD Ryzen™ AI Engine (80 TOPS total, 50 TOPS NPU)
Networking 2x 2.5GbE Ethernet, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.3
Display Support 4 Monitors, HDMI 2.1, DP 2.1, USB4 DP Alt Mode
Max Resolution 8K @ 60Hz, 4K @ 144Hz, 1080p @ 600Hz
USB Ports 2x USB4 (40Gbps), 2x USB 3.2, 2x USB 2.0
OcuLink Port Yes, supports external PCIe devices (up to full-size GPUs)
Power Supply 140W Internal PSU (No external brick)
Cooling System Metal chassis with active cooling & heat dissipation
Audio Features Dual noise-canceling microphones, built-in stereo speakers
Security Features Fingerprint scanner (Touch Login), AI-driven security tools
Mounting VESA mount included for monitor mounting
Size & Weight 7” x 7” x 1.9”, ~3 lbs (~1.5 kg)

Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review – Design

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro features a compact, square-shaped chassis, slightly more symmetrical than other models in its category. The metal and high-quality plastic construction provides a balance of durability and heat dissipation. Ventilation grilles are positioned along the sides and top to facilitate airflow. The system also includes a built-in 140W power supply unit (PSU), eliminating the need for an external power brick, reducing cable clutter, and making it easier to mount or position on a desk.

The front panel houses a power button with an integrated fingerprint sensor, allowing for biometric authentication. There is also a USB4 port, a USB 3.2 port, an audio jack, and an SD card slot for additional storage. The rear panel features multiple USB ports, dual 2.5GbE Ethernet ports, an HDMI output, a DisplayPort output, an OcuLink port, and a USB 2.0 port. These connectivity options provide compatibility with a range of peripherals, storage solutions, and external displays.

A key feature of the design is its internal 140W PSU, an uncommon inclusion in mini PCs. This allows for direct AC power input using a standard two-pin connector. While the PSU is custom-designed and not easily replaceable with off-the-shelf alternatives, it contributes to the unit’s compact and cable-free design.

 

The cooling system is designed to manage heat efficiently, with airflow distributed across the chassis. The fan noise varies based on workload, but the thermal management system keeps temperatures under control, even under sustained usage.

Power consumption varies depending on workload. In idle conditions, the system draws between 19W and 23W, which is higher than most entry-level mini PCs due to its high-performance hardware. Under moderate load, including CPU and GPU utilization, power usage rises to 59W to 63W. While this consumption is significant for a compact system, it aligns with the performance level it delivers. The internal PSU ensures stable power delivery without requiring an external adapter.

During extended testing, thermal performance remained stable. Heat distribution was well-managed, with no significant thermal spikes even under stress. When measured with a thermal camera, the heat output was lower than other nearby high-performance networking devices in the test environment. The fan system adjusts dynamically based on workload, ensuring consistent operation without excessive noise.

The retail package includes the Minisforum AI X1 Pro unit, a power cable, a VESA mounting bracket, and documentation. The VESA mount allows users to attach the system to the back of a monitor or a wall for space efficiency. The package does not include a keyboard, mouse, or pre-installed operating system, meaning users will need to supply their own peripherals and software. The combination of a built-in PSU, multiple I/O options, and compact design makes it a practical option for users seeking a high-performance mini PC with minimal cable clutter.


Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review – Ports and Connections

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro includes multiple high-speed and legacy connectivity options across its front and rear panels, catering to a variety of use cases. The system supports USB4, USB 3.2, USB 2.0, Ethernet, HDMI, DisplayPort, an SD card slot, and OcuLink, making it a versatile device for professional workloads, gaming, and AI-assisted tasks. These ports enable peripheral expansion, high-speed data transfers, networking, and external GPU connectivity, providing a range of possibilities for users who require flexible hardware configurations. The placement of these connections ensures easy access to frequently used ports on the front, while the rear panel accommodates more permanent connections for external monitors, networking, and high-bandwidth storage solutions.

The dual USB4 ports, located on the front and rear, are among the most notable features, delivering up to 40Gbps of bandwidth. This allows for high-speed external storage, video output, and docking station compatibility. During testing, a USB4 external SSD achieved over 3GB/s in read speeds, confirming that the system fully supports the high-bandwidth capabilities of USB4. Write speeds were more dependent on the SSD’s own specifications, averaging around 1.8GB/s, aligning with expected performance for a drive of that type. The USB4 ports also allow for eGPU expansion, enabling the connection of an external graphics card via an OcuLink-to-USB4 adapter, though performance in this configuration may not match that of a direct OcuLink connection.

For wired networking, the system includes dual 2.5GbE Ethernet ports, offering a step up from standard 1GbE connections. This provides improved network throughput, lower latency for online applications, and better support for local file transfers and virtualized environments.

Testing in a peer-to-peer direct connection resulted in speeds averaging 2.35Gbps, demonstrating reliable real-world performance. While 2.5GbE is sufficient for most users, it may not be ideal for those requiring higher bandwidth network-attached storage (NAS) solutions or extensive multi-user workloads.

Wireless connectivity is handled by Wi-Fi 7, which supports the 6GHz spectrum and 320MHz channel width, providing increased speeds and reduced interference compared to previous wireless standards. When paired with a compatible Wi-Fi 7 router, the system achieved peak throughput of over 2Gbps, depending on environmental factors such as network congestion and signal strength.

Wi-Fi 7 allows for low-latency wireless networking, making it a viable option for high-speed transfers in environments where wired networking is impractical. Wireless performance remained stable across multiple test scenarios, demonstrating consistent connectivity and minimal packet loss.

The video output options include HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 2.1, allowing for multi-monitor setups with support for up to four simultaneous displays. The system can handle 4K at 240Hz, 1440p at 480Hz, and 8K at 60Hz, ensuring compatibility with high-refresh-rate monitors and high-resolution displays. Adaptive Sync and HDR support improve overall display performance, reducing screen tearing and improving color accuracy. During testing, dual monitor configurations using DisplayPort and HDMI simultaneously worked without issue, delivering consistent video output with no visible latency.

A key expansion feature is the OcuLink port, which provides direct PCIe-based external device connectivity, offering low-latency, high-bandwidth expansion options. In testing, an OcuLink NVMe SSD enclosure was detected immediately, allowing for storage expansion without compromising performance. The system also supported an external GPU connected via OcuLink, which significantly improved gaming performance, particularly in titles utilizing ray tracing.

The external GPU used in testing was the Minisforum MGA1, an eGPU enclosure featuring a NVIDIA RTX 4090 GPU, PCIe Gen 4 connectivity, and dedicated cooling for high-performance graphics processing. With the MGA1 connected, games that previously struggled with ray tracing saw substantial performance improvements, demonstrating the viability of OcuLink as a direct GPU expansion solution.

The USB 3.2 Gen 2 and USB 2.0 ports serve as additional expansion options, providing 10Gbps and 480Mbps transfer speeds, respectively. While USB 3.2 Gen 2 offers sufficient bandwidth for external drives and accessories, the USB 2.0 port is more suited to lower-priority peripherals such as keyboards, mice, and older external devices that do not require high-speed connectivity. Testing showed that USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports delivered consistent performance when used with high-speed external storage, achieving expected speeds for 10Gbps-rated SSDs.

Overall, the port selection provides a balance between modern and legacy interfaces, ensuring compatibility with a range of peripherals and expansion options. The inclusion of USB4, OcuLink, dual Ethernet, and multiple display outputs allows for high-speed data transfer, wired and wireless networking, and scalable performance upgrades. The lack of 10GbE may be a limitation for certain users, but the OcuLink port compensates by allowing direct PCIe expansion. With reliable wired and wireless networking, flexible video output options, and full USB4 bandwidth support, the Minisforum AI X1 Pro provides strong connectivity for a range of professional and consumer use cases.


Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review – Internal Hardware

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro features a compact yet high-performance internal hardware configuration, designed to balance processing power, cooling efficiency, and storage scalability within a small form factor.

At its core, the system is powered by the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 370, a 12-core, 24-thread processor with a hybrid 4x Zen 5 and 8x Zen 5c architecture.

This CPU supports clock speeds up to 5.1GHz, with a default TDP of 28W and a configurable range of 15W to 54W, allowing users to adjust power consumption based on workload requirements. Integrated into the processor is the AMD Radeon 890M GPU, which operates at 2.9GHz and supports modern gaming, AI workloads, and media processing.

The system memory consists of two SODIMM slots, allowing for expandable RAM configurations. The reviewed model included 64GB of DDR5-5600MHz memory, with the option to upgrade to a maximum of 96GB.

 

Unlike some mini PCs, the RAM is user-replaceable rather than soldered to the motherboard, offering future-proofing for users who may require higher capacity memory. The lack of ECC (Error-Correcting Code) support is a limitation for users requiring data integrity features, particularly in professional environments such as virtualization or enterprise workloads.

Storage is handled via three M.2 NVMe slots, all operating on PCIe 4.0 architecture.

Two of these slots run at PCIe 4.0 x4, providing 8GB/s of potential bandwidth, while the third slot operates at PCIe 4.0 x1, limiting its performance to 2GB/s.

This configuration allows for a mix of high-speed and archival storage, with the x1 slot being more suited for less frequently accessed data. During testing, Gen 4 NVMe SSDs in the primary slots achieved full bandwidth speeds, while the third slot demonstrated the expected performance limitations.

Cooling is managed by an internal metal L-shaped cooling system, which integrates two silent operational fans. The primary fan is located above the piped CPU cooling solution, which consists of a metal heatsink with multiple heat vents to improve thermal dissipation.

This cooling system ensures sustained performance under load, preventing thermal throttling during intensive processing tasks. The second fan is positioned over the Wi-Fi card and adjacent to the internal PSU, ensuring airflow distribution across multiple components.

The internal PSU is located directly above the M.2 NVMe slots, an unconventional placement compared to traditional desktop designs. This layout reduces the need for an external power brick, making cable management more streamlined. The 140W internal power supply is a proprietary design, meaning replacement may be more complex than standard off-the-shelf units.

Despite this, the integration of an internal PSU contributes to a cleaner workspace, avoiding bulky external adapters typically associated with compact systems. Nevertheless, the PSU living DIRECTLY above the m.2 NVMe SSD bays is kinda weird. It further exacerbates the need for the SSD bays to need m.2 heatsinks to allow heat dissipation, into the fan 5-6cm away.

In terms of noise output, the cooling fans remained quiet during idle and low-power tasks, with only minor increases in noise levels under high-load scenarios. The thermal camera testing indicated that the system’s heat distribution was well-managed, with the warmest areas located around the CPU and PSU exhaust vents. The Wi-Fi card and SSD slots remained within safe temperature ranges, confirming the effectiveness of the airflow design.

The internal hardware design of the Minisforum AI X1 Pro prioritizes performance, efficient cooling, and storage flexibility. While the PSU placement above the NVMe drives is unusual, it does not appear to cause excessive heat accumulation. The combination of a high-performance processor, scalable RAM and storage, and a well-managed cooling solution ensures that the system is capable of handling a range of demanding workloads, from AI-assisted tasks to content creation and gaming.

Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review – Performance and Testing

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro integrates the AMD Radeon 890M GPU, which operates at 2.9GHz and features 16 compute units. While it lacks the power of a dedicated high-end GPU, it is capable of handling mid-tier gaming and graphical workloads. During testing, Call of Duty: Warzone was run on high settings, achieving playable frame rates without an external GPU. Performance remained stable, though demanding titles with ray tracing and high-resolution textures exhibited performance limitations. The system supports external GPU expansion via OCuLink, and testing with the Minisforum MGA1 eGPU—equipped with an AMD Radeon 7600M XT (32 compute units, 8GB GDDR6 memory, 120W TDP)—significantly enhanced graphical capabilities, particularly for ray tracing and high-resolution gaming.

The OCuLink expansion port enables a direct PCIe-level connection to external GPUs, providing higher bandwidth than Thunderbolt-based solutions. When using the MGA1 eGPU, performance improvements were immediately evident, with games running at higher frame rates and improved graphical fidelity.

This configuration allows users to scale graphical performance without replacing the base system, making it an efficient option for users requiring additional power for AI tasks, rendering, or high-end gaming.

However, OCuLink accessories are currently less common than standard eGPU enclosures, which may limit hardware compatibility options.

In terms of using the Minisforum X1 Pro in more NAS deployment utilities, the testing is still in progress (and I will make a separate video and article soon), but early testing has been very positive. Uutilized half of the available threads as vCPUs in 12 Windwos 11 VMs (each with 2GB Memory) and they ran great (at that point, my own recording machine and the UI itself became the only limitation.

Likewise, with PLEX Media server, I was able to stream 8x 1080p 100Mb (bitrate) video files at once without stressing the CPU, then 10x 4K 60Mb – still positive. Finally, I went into 8K media (something that PLEX itself is poorly optimized for) and streamed 5x 8K High end files at once (mixed native and on-the-fly conversions). In all cases, the Minisforum X1 Pro worked like a charm!

The rest of the performance benchmarks on the individual m.2 slots are still undergoing testing, as well as connecting a 4x M.2 NVMe SSD expansion device from Aoostar via Oculink.

These will be published on the YouTube channel soon.

AI processing is a core feature of the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 370 CPU, which boasts up to 80 TOPS (Tera Operations Per Second) and a dedicated 50 TOPS NPU (Neural Processing Unit) for AI-assisted tasks. Benchmarks using Geekbench AI indicated strong performance in OpenVINO-based workloads, with a 5024 overall AI score.

Image-related AI tasks, including image classification, object detection, and segmentation, demonstrated higher inference speeds on OpenVINO compared to ONNX, with quantized processing delivering the best overall efficiency. AI-driven tasks such as style transfer, depth estimation, and pose estimation showed notable acceleration compared to traditional CPU-only inference. Testing with ONNX-based AI models resulted in a lower AI benchmark score of 3614, reflecting reduced optimization for this framework. Despite this, the system still delivered usable performance for machine learning inference and AI-based enhancements, though OpenVINO remained the preferred framework for faster execution times and more efficient workload handling. AI-assisted image enhancement and real-time video analysis tasks performed well, making the system suitable for workflow acceleration in content creation and automated AI-based applications.

Category Specification
Operating System Windows 11 Pro (64-bit) (Linux support: Ubuntu, RHEL)
CPU Architecture AMD Zen 5 / Zen 5c (TSMC 4nm FinFET)
PCIe Support PCIe 4.0 (16 lanes total, usable for NVMe, OcuLink, USB4 SSDs)
Native USB Support 2x USB4 (40Gbps), 3x USB 3.2 (10Gbps), 3x USB 2.0
Max Memory 96GB DDR5 (dual-channel, 5600MHz)
Storage Performance Up to 7,000 MB/s (PCIe Gen 4 NVMe SSDs)
AI Engine 80 TOPS total (50 TOPS NPU)
Geekbench AI Score (OpenVINO) 5024
Geekbench AI Score (ONNX) 3614
Power Consumption (Idle) 19-23W
Power Consumption (Load) 59-63W (CPU & GPU at 50% load)
Cooling & Thermal Performance Efficient airflow, low thermal footprint (lower heat than UniFi Wi-Fi 7 AP)
AI Performance Metrics (Benchmark Results)
Image Classification (SP) OpenVINO: 549 IPS, ONNX: 512 IPS
Object Detection (Q) OpenVINO: 7400 at 593 IPS
Pose Estimation (SP) OpenVINO: 7072 at 8.25 IPS
Style Transfer (AI Filters) OpenVINO: 72K IPS, ONNX: 30K IPS
Super Resolution (Upscaling) OpenVINO: 3969 IPS, ONNX: 2235 IPS
Machine Translation (AI Text Processing) OpenVINO: 4351 at 74.9 IPS
Gaming Performance
Call of Duty Warzone (Native, No eGPU) Playable at High Settings
Cyberpunk 2077 Limited without eGPU, decent with OcuLink external GPU
External GPU (OcuLink, eGPU tested with Minforum eGPU) Massive improvement in ray tracing performance
Best Use Cases
✔ AI-powered Video & Image Processing Great for 4K upscaling, AI-style transfer, motion tracking
✔ AI-assisted Creative Workflows Optimized for Adobe AI tools, DaVinci Resolve AI features
✔ Real-time AI Automation & Security Object recognition, face detection, smart surveillance
✔ AI-assisted Audio & Text Transcription Speech-to-text, real-time subtitle generation
✔ Gaming (Casual to AAA, with eGPU Support) Decent native performance, great with eGPU via OcuLink
Limitations
✘ Not Ideal for LLM Model Training Lacks high-end CUDA acceleration for AI model training
✘ ONNX Performance is Weaker Better results using OpenVINO for AI inference
✘ No Built-in 10GbE Only 2x 2.5GbE, no native 10GbE option
Connectivity & Expansion
eGPU Support OcuLink, USB4 (Supports external RTX 4090 or similar GPUs)
Max Displays 4 Monitors (4K/8K multi-monitor setup)
External USB4 Storage Achieved 3GB/s read speeds (USB4 SSD tested)

The X1 delivers capable performance in graphical processing, AI workloads, and high-speed storage applications. While the integrated GPU is suitable for mid-range tasks, external GPU expansion significantly enhances performance. AI capabilities, particularly with OpenVINO, demonstrate strong inference speeds for image processing, object detection, and machine learning inference. Storage performance meets expectations, with Gen 4 speeds available on the primary slots and USB4 providing high-speed external storage options. These features position the system as a versatile solution for power users, AI developers, and content creators. But keep your expectations realistic and in perspective for a mini PC nonetheless!!!

13/02/25 Update from Minisforum, re: AI local Deployment:

Our AI X1 Pro can support Deepseek local deployment.
img_v3_02j7_9d54a3a2-d438-41eb-a9ec-640d7da2debg.jpg


Minisforum AI X1 Pro Review – Conclusion and Verdict

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro is a compact but powerful mini PC designed for users seeking a balance of CPU performance, AI acceleration, and expandability. It features the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 370 processor, which delivers strong multi-core performance with 12 cores, 24 threads, and a 50 TOPS NPU for AI workloads. The integrated AMD Radeon 890M GPU provides adequate graphical performance for mid-tier gaming and GPU-accelerated applications, though it benefits significantly from external GPU expansion via OCuLink. With support for up to three M.2 NVMe drives, dual USB4 ports, and dual 2.5GbE networking, the system is versatile in both storage and connectivity. While the lack of native 10GbE may be a drawback for high-bandwidth network users, the Wi-Fi 7 support provides a wireless alternative with high-speed connectivity options.

In terms of real-world performance, the system delivers strong results in AI-driven applications, particularly those optimized for the OpenVINO framework, where it achieved higher inference speeds compared to ONNX-based workloads. Gaming performance is reasonable on the integrated GPU, but ray tracing and high-end graphical tasks require an external GPU, such as the Minisforum MGA1 eGPU with an AMD Radeon 7600M XT, which was tested and demonstrated significant performance improvements. The internal 140W PSU eliminates cable clutter, but its placement above the M.2 slots is unconventional and may require additional SSD heatsinks for efficient cooling. Thermal management is well-executed, with a dual-fan system and metal heatsink design keeping temperatures stable during sustained workloads.

The Minisforum AI X1 Pro is best suited for AI developers, content creators, and users requiring a small yet powerful workstation. It provides AI acceleration, high-speed storage, and expandable graphics options, making it a versatile hybrid between a mini PC and a desktop-class solution. While not ideal for intensive LLM training or high-end gaming without an external GPU, it excels in AI-assisted workflows, video processing, and multi-tasking applications. The inclusion of OCuLink for PCIe expansion allows for long-term scalability, giving users the option to upgrade GPU or storage performance as needed. For those seeking a high-performance compact system with AI processing capabilities, the Minisforum AI X1 Pro is a capable and well-rounded option.

PROS of the Minisforum AI X1 Pro CONS of the Minisforum AI X1 Pro
  • Powerful CPU especially for a mini PC– The Ryzen AI 9 HX 370 is fast and handles demanding tasks well.
  • AI Acceleration – Built-in AI processor speeds up tasks like image recognition and automation.
  • Expandable Storage – Three M.2 SSD slots for fast and flexible storage upgrades.
  • External GPU Support – OCuLink allows for a full-sized GPU to boost graphics performance.
  • Fast USB4 Ports – Two high-speed USB4 ports for fast storage and external devices.
  • Good Cooling System – Dual fans and metal heatsinks keep temperatures in check.
  • Strong Connectivity – Wi-Fi 7 and dual 2.5Gb Ethernet for fast networking.
  • No External Power Brick – Built-in 140W power supply keeps cables minimal.
  • Comes with Windows 11 – Ready to use out of the box.
  • VESA Mount Included – Can be attached to the back of a monitor or wall for space-saving.
  • Only Features Microsoft Co-Pilot out the box – Hard/impossible to easily switch to ChatGPT or DeepSeek etc
  • Limited OCuLink Compatibility – External GPU and storage upgrades require specific hardware.
  • Weird PSU Placement – The power supply sits above the SSD slots, which might affect cooling.
  • Price – Pricing is a little mixed at launch store-to-store

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Do You NEED a WiFi 7 Travel Router? (GL.iNet Slate 7 GL-BE3600 Review)

Par : Rob Andrews
5 mars 2025 à 18:00

Gl.iNet Slate 7 Router Review

The GL.iNet Slate 7 is the latest entry in the company’s expanding lineup of travel routers, bringing Wi-Fi 7 support, dual 2.5GbE ports, and a compact, portable design aimed at users who need reliable internet access on the go. Designed with remote workers, frequent travelers, and security-conscious users in mind, it includes built-in VPN support, an interactive touchscreen interface, and multiple failover options, making it a versatile networking solution for those moving between different public and private networks. However, while it is marketed as a Wi-Fi 7 device, it notably lacks support for the 6GHz band and 320MHz channel width, meaning it cannot take full advantage of some key Wi-Fi 7 improvements. This raises questions about whether its performance truly surpasses high-end Wi-Fi 6E routers or if it is more of an incremental upgrade over its predecessors. In this review, we will break down the Slate 7’s design, connectivity options, and real-world performance, ultimately determining if it is a standout travel networking device or simply a modest refinement of previous GL.iNet offerings.

UPDATE – the $96 super early bird price is now over, but the early bird price is still available at the time of writing (link here or via banner below)

Note, several times in the review I reference the Gl.iNet Puli AX SIM Tracvel Router. Find out more about that router in the full review HERE on YouTube and HERE on the blog.

Gl.iNet Slate 7 Router Review – Quick Conclusion

The GL.iNet Slate 7 is a versatile and security-focused travel router, offering Wi-Fi 7 support, dual 2.5GbE ports, built-in VPN capabilities, and a touchscreen interface in a compact, low-power design. While it excels at secure networking, multi-device connectivity, and WAN failover options, its lack of 6GHz and 320MHz channel width means it does not fully utilize Wi-Fi 7’s potential. Wireless performance is solid on 5GHz, reaching 2-2.1Gbps, but latency improvements and Multi-Link Operation (MLO) help stability rather than raw speed gains. Wired performance is strong, but USB storage speeds are capped at 130-140 MB/s, limiting its use as a high-speed file-sharing device. The touchscreen adds convenience for quick settings adjustments, and power consumption remains low (~7-8W), but the lack of a built-in battery reduces portability compared to SIM-enabled or battery-powered alternatives like the Puli AX. With pricing between $96-$149, it is a strong value for users needing a secure and flexible travel router, but those prioritizing top-tier Wi-Fi performance may prefer a Wi-Fi 6E router with 6GHz support. The Slate 7 is an iterative upgrade rather than a groundbreaking innovation, making it a reliable but not revolutionary choice for portable networking.

 


Gl.iNet Slate 7 Router Review – Design

The GL.iNet Slate 7 follows a familiar compact and lightweight form factor, measuring 130 x 91 x 34 mm and weighing 295 grams. This makes it highly portable, fitting easily into a backpack or even a pocket, which is essential for a travel-focused device. The matte black chassis gives it a more industrial and professional look compared to some of its predecessors, with foldable external antennas that can be adjusted to optimize signal reception.

Unlike the Puli AX, which includes a built-in battery, the Slate 7 requires USB-C power input, keeping it lightweight but also limiting its standalone functionality when an external power source isn’t available.

A major upgrade in this model is the touchscreen interface, a rare feature for travel routers.

The small LCD display allows users to scan QR codes for quick Wi-Fi access, toggle VPN connections, monitor real-time network speed, and check network status through color-coded indicators for different modes such as Ethernet, Repeater, and Tethering.

While not a full replacement for web-based or app-based management, it provides a quick and convenient way to adjust settings without needing to log into a separate interface.

The physical button on the device is another useful addition, allowing users to assign it to toggle VPN services or other networking functions. This means users can activate or deactivate a secure tunnel instantly, ensuring encrypted traffic without needing to open a mobile app or browser. The button’s customization adds another layer of convenience, particularly for those frequently switching between standard and VPN-protected connections.

Build quality is solid, with a sturdy plastic shell that feels durable enough for travel but lacks the ruggedized features found in some other portable routers. There are no IP-rated dust or water resistance claims, so users should be cautious when using it in more demanding outdoor environments.

The absence of a built-in battery and no SIM card slot means it relies entirely on external power and tethered internet sources, making it less versatile than some cellular-enabled competitors. However, for users who mainly rely on wired and wireless networks, the design choices make sense, keeping the device compact while offering practical features for on-the-go connectivity.

Category Specifications
Processor Qualcomm Quad-core @ 1.1 GHz
Memory 1GB DDR4 RAM
Storage 512MB NAND Flash
Operating System OpenWrt 23.05 (Kernel 5.4.213)
Wi-Fi Standard IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax/be (Wi-Fi 7)
Wi-Fi Bands Dual-band (2.4GHz & 5GHz)
Wi-Fi Speeds 2.4GHz: 688 Mbps / 5GHz: 2882 Mbps
Multi-Link Operation (MLO) Yes
Ethernet Ports 2 × 2.5GbE (Configurable as WAN or LAN)
USB Ports 1 × USB 3.0 Type-A (Tethering & Storage)
VPN Support OpenVPN (100 Mbps), WireGuard (540 Mbps), 30+ VPN services
Touchscreen Interface Yes – QR code scanning, VPN toggling, real-time monitoring
Physical Button Customizable (VPN toggle or other functions)
Failover Support WAN/LAN, Wi-Fi repeater, USB tethering
Power Input USB-C (5V/3A, 9V/3A, 12V/2.5A, PD compatible)
Power Consumption ~6-8W (Peak: 8.2W)
Storage Features Samba, DLNA, WebDAV, FTP
USB File Transfer Speed ~130-140 MB/s (Samba)
Security & Encryption WPA3, OpenVPN, WireGuard, AdGuard Home, Tor
Software Features VLAN, Multiple SSIDs, Firewall, Traffic Monitoring, OpenWrt App Store
Physical Dimensions 130 × 91 × 34 mm
Weight 295g
Price Range $96 (Early Bird) – $149 (Retail)

Gl.iNet Slate 7 Router Review – Connections

The GL.iNet Slate 7 offers a versatile range of wired and wireless connectivity options, making it one of the most adaptable travel routers in its class. Its standout feature is the inclusion of two 2.5GbE Ethernet ports, which can be configured as either WAN or LAN. This flexibility allows users to connect to high-speed wired networks while also providing a multi-gigabit local network for devices that support it. Unlike previous models that typically included only one multi-gig port, the Slate 7 allows for higher-speed networking between wired devices without needing an additional switch.

On the wireless side, the router supports Wi-Fi 7 with dual-band functionality, offering speeds of 688 Mbps on 2.4GHz and 2.8 Gbps on 5GHz. However, despite its Wi-Fi 7 branding, it does not support the 6GHz band or 320MHz channel width, meaning it lacks two of the most significant advantages of the latest wireless standard.

This means performance improvements will be limited compared to full-featured Wi-Fi 7 routers, though Multi-Link Operation (MLO) support helps improve stability and throughput when using simultaneous band connections.

For users needing additional network redundancy, the Slate 7 supports multiple failover options. In addition to its WAN/LAN ports, it can also connect to the internet via Wi-Fi repeater mode or USB tethering.

The USB 3.0 port allows users to connect a smartphone for cellular tethering, effectively turning the router into a backup mobile hotspot. This is a valuable feature for travelers who may find themselves in locations without reliable wired or Wi-Fi access, ensuring they remain connected through a tethered mobile device.

The router’s software-based networking features further expand its connectivity potential. Users can configure WAN failover, ensuring a seamless switch between different internet sources when one becomes unavailable.

Additionally, it supports multiple SSIDs and VLAN segmentation, allowing for separate networks for guests or different device types. These features are particularly useful for users who frequently switch between public and private networks, ensuring that personal devices remain isolated from potentially unsecured connections.

Another key connectivity feature is the USB storage functionality, which allows the Slate 7 to act as a mini NAS. When a USB drive or external SSD is connected, it can be accessed over the network using Samba, DLNA, WebDAV, and FTP protocols.

However, performance testing showed that USB file transfer speeds over Samba maxed out at around 130-140 MB/s, meaning that while the feature is useful for basic file sharing or backups, it is not optimized for high-speed storage applications.

While the inclusion of USB-based storage sharing is a welcome addition, the performance bottleneck limits its full potential.

Category Specifications
Operating System OpenWrt 23.05 (Kernel 5.4.213)
User Interface Web-based UI, Mobile App, Touchscreen LCD Panel
Touchscreen Functions QR code scanning, VPN toggling, real-time speed monitoring, network status updates
VPN Support OpenVPN (100 Mbps), WireGuard (540 Mbps), 30+ VPN services
VPN Configuration Physical button toggle, custom VPN provider setup, failover support
Failover & Redundancy WAN/LAN switching, Wi-Fi repeater mode, USB tethering
Firewall & Security Stateful Firewall, AdGuard Home, DNS Encryption, Tor
Traffic Management QoS (Quality of Service), Bandwidth Monitoring, VLAN Support
Wi-Fi Features Multi-Link Operation (MLO), WPA3 Encryption, Guest Wi-Fi, Multiple SSIDs
Storage & File Sharing Samba, DLNA, WebDAV, FTP
USB Storage Features User permissions, Network drive mapping, NAS-like functionality
USB File Transfer Speed ~130-140 MB/s (Samba)
Network Acceleration Yes, but disables some analytics
Port Forwarding Yes (Manual and UPnP options)
Device Management Client Monitoring, MAC Filtering, DHCP & Static IP Assignments
Mobile App Features Remote Router Management, VPN Setup, Traffic Monitoring
Advanced Configuration Root-level OpenWrt access, CLI & Custom Scripts
App Store (OpenWrt-based) AdGuard Home, ZeroTier, Tailscale, Custom Plugin Support
Remote Access & Control SSH, Web UI, OpenVPN, WireGuard
Firmware Updates Web-based & OTA (Over-the-Air) updates

Gl.iNet Slate 7 Router Review – Software

The GL.iNet Slate 7 runs a customized version of OpenWrt 23.05, providing a flexible and feature-rich networking environment. The web-based management interface is similar to previous GL.iNet routers, offering a mix of beginner-friendly controls and advanced networking settings.

Users can configure WAN failover, VLANs, multiple SSIDs, and port forwarding, making it adaptable for various networking scenarios. The addition of a touchscreen interface allows for quick network monitoring, Wi-Fi access via QR codes, and VPN toggling, reducing the need to log into the full web interface for basic tasks. However, while the core interface is functional, it lacks detailed guidance for advanced settings, which could be a challenge for less experienced users.

One of the key features of the Slate 7 is its VPN support, allowing users to configure over 30 VPN services, including OpenVPN and WireGuard. With WireGuard speeds reaching up to 540Mbps, it provides a fast and secure connection for users needing encrypted traffic on public networks. The physical VPN button is a welcome addition, enabling users to instantly toggle VPN protection without accessing the interface.

VPN failover support is also included, allowing users to switch between multiple VPN providers seamlessly. However, while basic VPN setup is straightforward, more advanced configurations—such as split tunneling and custom DNS settings—require manual setup with limited on-screen guidance.

The Slate 7 also features a built-in app store, allowing users to install additional networking tools such as AdGuard Home, ZeroTier, and Tailscale. This extends the router’s functionality beyond basic networking, enabling ad-blocking, remote access solutions, and encrypted tunneling services.

While the app store adds valuable features, its interface feels somewhat outdated, and the selection of available apps remains limited compared to broader OpenWrt repositories. Users comfortable with command-line customization can access root-level OpenWrt settings, unlocking more advanced network configurations for those with the expertise to fine-tune their setup.

In file-sharing and storage management, the Slate 7 supports Samba, DLNA, FTP, and WebDAV, allowing connected USB storage to function as a basic NAS for network file sharing. The setup process is fairly straightforward, with a step-by-step wizard to create shared folders and manage user permissions.

Framing things in terms of a mobile router vs a more aggressive desktop model with 6Ghz,  the Slate 7 remains a capable software-driven router, offering a solid combination of security, customization, and network flexibility, albeit with some interface and performance limitations that may require firmware optimizations in future updates.

Gl.iNet Slate 7 Router Review – Testing

Performance testing on the GL.iNet Slate 7 revealed a mix of strengths and limitations, particularly in Wi-Fi speeds, wired throughput, and storage performance. In wireless performance tests, the 5GHz band consistently delivered 2-2.1Gbps throughput, aligning closely with its 2.8Gbps theoretical maximum when using a Wi-Fi 7 USB adapter. However, the absence of 6GHz and 320MHz channel width meant that it could not take full advantage of Wi-Fi 7’s higher bandwidth capabilities. In practical use, latency remained low, and Multi-Link Operation (MLO) improved overall network stability, but competing Wi-Fi 6E routers with 6GHz support may still offer better overall performance in less congested environments.

Wired performance testing was strong, with 2.5GbE Ethernet connections delivering 230-240 MB/s transfer speeds, which is within expected limits for a multi-gigabit network. However, in USB storage performance tests, speeds were notably lower than expected. Using Samba over a 2.5GbE connection, file transfers to a connected USB SSD capped at 130-140MB/s, well below the full bandwidth potential of USB 3.0 or 2.5GbE Ethernet. This suggests either a software bottleneck or an underutilized hardware controller, limiting its effectiveness as a high-speed portable NAS.

In power consumption tests, the Slate 7 remained highly efficient, idling at 6-7W and peaking at 8.1-8.2W under full load with multiple active connections. This makes it one of the lowest-power travel routers in its class, making it ideal for users who need to power it via a laptop, power bank, or low-power USB source.

However, the lack of an internal battery means it requires a power source at all times, reducing portability compared to battery-equipped alternatives like the Puli AX. Here is the power draw of the Slate 7 when I was running my iPerf3 Tests:

VPN performance was in line with expectations, with OpenVPN reaching speeds of ~100Mbps and WireGuard peaking at ~540Mbps. This makes it suitable for secure remote access and encrypted browsing, but users requiring gigabit-level VPN throughput will need a more powerful router or a dedicated VPN server.

The physical VPN toggle button proved highly useful, allowing for instant encryption activation without navigating the web or mobile interface. However, GL.iNet’s software interface lacks clear guidance on advanced VPN configurations, which could be a barrier for less experienced users.

Gl.iNet Slate 7 Router Review – Conclusion & Verdict

The GL.iNet Slate 7 stands out as a compact, feature-rich travel router that brings together Wi-Fi 7 capabilities, dual 2.5GbE ports, and a touchscreen interface in a low-power, highly portable design. It is clearly aimed at travelers, remote workers, and security-conscious users who require flexible connectivity options and encrypted internet access while moving between different networks. With built-in VPN support, USB tethering, and multiple WAN failover options, it effectively serves as a secure gateway for multiple devices when using public Wi-Fi or mobile data connections. The inclusion of Multi-Link Operation (MLO) further enhances stability by allowing simultaneous band connections, while the physical VPN toggle button adds a convenient layer of security. However, the absence of 6GHz support and 320MHz channel width raises concerns about whether it truly takes full advantage of Wi-Fi 7 technology or simply refines the capabilities of existing Wi-Fi 6E travel routers.

In real-world performance, the Slate 7 delivers respectable wireless and wired speeds, but its Wi-Fi 7 implementation feels incomplete. While the 2.5GbE ports allow for high-speed wired networking, the lack of 6GHz means users won’t experience the full benefits of the latest wireless standard, particularly in low-interference, high-bandwidth environments. USB storage performance is another notable limitation, with Samba transfers capping at 130-140 MB/s, suggesting either a software bottleneck or underpowered hardware handling file transfers. The touchscreen interface, while useful for quick access to network settings and VPN controls, does not replace the depth of web or mobile-based configuration tools, which still require some technical knowledge to fully optimize the router’s capabilities. Additionally, while power consumption remains impressively low at around 7-8W under load, the lack of an internal battery means it must always be tethered to an external power source, reducing its portability compared to battery-powered alternatives like the Puli AX.

At a price range of $96 (early bird) to $149 (retail), the Slate 7 offers strong value for users prioritizing security, network flexibility, and multiple connection options over cutting-edge Wi-Fi performance. It is not the fastest travel router available, but it excels in delivering encrypted and stable internet access in a variety of challenging connectivity scenarios. For users who primarily require a portable router for VPN security, network redundancy, and secure multi-device management, the Slate 7 is one of the most capable options on the market. However, those seeking the absolute best wireless performance may find Wi-Fi 6E routers with 6GHz support to be a better choice for future-proofing. While GL.iNet has positioned the Slate 7 as a next-generation travel router, it ultimately feels more like an evolution rather than a revolution, making it a solid but not groundbreaking addition to the travel networking space.


 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall Review

Par : Rob Andrews
3 mars 2025 à 15:28

UniFi U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall WiFi7 Mesh APs Review

UniFi continues to flesh out its Wi-Fi 7 portfolio at the start of 2025, and, hot on the heels of the launch of their latest router and gateway devices, we see this brand start to roll out new Wi-Fi 7 access points intended to challenge both the price point and the hardware level of market alternatives for scaling out your Wi-Fi right now. UniFi has introduced the new compact Wi-Fi 7 U7 Lite access point, and at just $99, this is easily the best-value Wi-Fi 7 and 2.5GbE PoE-equipped mesh access point in the market—full stop! Alongside this, UniFi has upgraded the compact wall-deployed range with the new U7 In-Wall access point at $149, featuring three 2.5GbE ports, PoE power, and PoE pass-through network ports, as well as Wi-Fi 7 support. Needless to say, these are ideally designed for deployment in an existing UniFi network, but they are not strictly locked into that, and for some, they could be used for slow migration away from their existing wireless mesh setup via integration into third-party systems and eventually replacing it with a UniFi setup over time. But are these actually any good? How do they stack up against the current U7 Pro and U7 Pro Max Wi-Fi points? Ultimately, what have you lost in these due to this reduction in size that you may well be missing out on if you just go for the more established and available UniFi Wi-Fi 7 access points in their portfolio? Let’s discuss it in today’s review and testing.

UniFi U7 Lite & U7 In-Wall Review – Quick Conclusion

The UniFi U7 In-Wall and UniFi U7 Lite have clearly been designed for more modest and small-scale deployments, where the current range of UniFi Wi-Fi 7 APs may be overkill for some. You cannot fault the pricing strategy that UniFi has gone for here, especially when it comes to affordability. Notwithstanding the convenience of deploying PoE access points, that $99 price tag to scale up a Wi-Fi 7 AP that isn’t going to throttle the network bandwidth down to standard gigabit speeds is going to be hugely desirable. Equally, as UniFi has been upscaling a number of their PoE switches and gateway devices to feature 2.5GbE PoE, it is no coincidence that these Wi-Fi 7 PoE APs are rolling out at the same time. Power consumption seems pretty impressive, and whether you want to trust the UniFi Controller to manage your devices across individual bands and frequencies, or manually bind devices to specific frequencies, is totally at your disposal. This provides a neat balance between the novice user and the network enthusiast, allowing different levels of control based on user expertise. The only major downfall you can throw at either of these Wi-Fi AP devices is the lack of support for the 6 GHz frequency. It’s an important distinction for those who understand the benefits of Wi-Fi 7 and MLO, as the ability to access more available bandwidth is significantly reduced without the 6 GHz spectrum, resulting in less wireless sandbox to work with. That being said, these models are clearly designed to be as affordable as possible, and it could be argued that the less tech-savvy user might not even realize this feature is missing. However, if you are opting for either of these wireless AP devices or upgrading your Wi-Fi network to Wi-Fi 7 and truly want to maximize its potential, I would say spend the extra and get the U7 Pro or U7 Pro Max. For single-device Wi-Fi networks, the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall are more than sufficient for these needs and are phenomenally great value.

BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 10/10
VALUE - 10/10


8.6
PROS
👍🏻Affordable Pricing – The U7 Lite ($99) and U7 In-Wall ($149) provide excellent value for those looking to upgrade to Wi-Fi 7 without the premium cost.
👍🏻2.5GbE PoE Support – Both APs support 2.5GbE uplink, ensuring faster network speeds without being throttled to 1GbE.
👍🏻Multi-Link Operation (MLO) – Allows better stability and throughput by utilizing multiple bands simultaneously, even without 6 GHz.
👍🏻Flexible Deployment – The U7 Lite is ideal for mesh expansions, while the U7 In-Wall adds extra wired connectivity with two additional 2.5GbE ports (one with PoE pass-through).
👍🏻Easy Network Management – The UniFi Controller software allows both automated and manual control, catering to both novices and power users.
👍🏻Efficient Power Consumption – These APs remain power-efficient, making them suitable for multiple deployments without excessive energy costs.
CONS
👎🏻No 6 GHz Support – Without Wi-Fi 7\'s 6 GHz band, these models lack access to the full 320 MHz bandwidth, potentially leading to higher congestion in busy environments.
👎🏻Limited for High-Density Networks – While they support 200+ clients, they lack the higher spatial streams of the U7 Pro and Pro Max, making them less suitable for very crowded networks.

Where to Buy

UniFi U7 In-Wall – $149 HERE

UniFi U7 Lite – $99 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro –$189 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro Max –$279 HERE 


UniFi U7 Lite & U7 in-Wall Review – Design and Hardware

The UniFi U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall are the latest additions to UniFi’s Wi-Fi 7-enabled access points, offering more budget-friendly alternatives to the U7 Pro and Pro Max. While these new models lack 6 GHz support, they retain many of the advantages of Wi-Fi 7, such as Multi-Link Operation (MLO) and higher bandwidth options for improved connectivity. Wi-Fi 7 introduces several key improvements over its predecessors, including Multi-Link Operation (MLO), wider bandwidth support, and higher efficiency for multiple connected devices. However, one of its most significant advantages comes from its ability to use the 6 GHz band, allowing for 320 MHz channel widths and significantly lower interference. While the U7 Pro and Pro Max fully leverage these benefits, the U7 Lite and In-Wall models are limited to the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands, making them less capable in high-density environments but still powerful for general use.

Despite lacking 6 GHz capabilities, the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall can still take advantage of MLO, allowing them to combine multiple frequency bands for improved stability and speed. This means that in practical use, they can still offer impressive throughput and reliable performance, even though they cannot reach the peak speeds of their Pro counterparts. For users who do not yet have many Wi-Fi 7-enabled devices, or who primarily need strong 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz coverage, these models offer a cost-effective solution that integrates well into UniFi’s ecosystem. That said, users looking for future-proofing and high-performance networking should still consider the U7 Pro or Pro Max, as they provide higher spatial streams, full 6 GHz access, and better support for high-density Wi-Fi environments. These factors make the Pro models a better fit for large offices, multi-device households, and advanced networking setups, while the U7 Lite and In-Wall models are more suited for smaller deployments and cost-conscious expansions of existing UniFi networks.

UniFi U7 Lite Hardware

The U7 Lite is designed as a compact ceiling or wall-mounted AP, delivering 115 square meters (1,250 square feet) of coverage with dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz support. It features a 2.5GbE PoE-powered connection and requires 13W at full power draw. Unlike the In-Wall model, it lacks additional Ethernet ports but still provides Wi-Fi 7 capabilities with up to 4.3 Gbps (BW240) and an 8 dBi antenna gain.

While compact, the U7 Lite is optimized for general wireless expansion in homes, offices, and mesh network deployments. It supports Multi-Link Operation (MLO), allowing it to operate across multiple frequencies for more stable connections. The plastic enclosure makes it lightweight, and its ceiling-mountable design ensures broad, unobstructed coverage.

Below is a hardware comparison table summarizing key specifications of the U7 Lite:

Feature UniFi U7 Lite
Wi-Fi Standard Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be)
Bands 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
MIMO 5Ghz 2×2
MIMO 2.4Ghz 2×2
Max Data Rate 4.3 Gbps (BW240)
PoE Support Yes, 13W (Max)
Ethernet Ports 1x 2.5GbE
Antenna Gain 5 dBi / 4 dBi
Coverage 115 m² (1,250 ft²)
Mounting Ceiling / Wall
SSID Count 8 Max per Radio
Enclosure Material Plastic

UniFi U7 In-Wall Hardware

The U7 In-Wall, priced at $149, is a versatile Wi-Fi 7 access point designed for wall-mounted deployment, making it a great fit for structured networking setups. It provides 115 square meters (1,250 square feet) of coverage and supports over 200 clients simultaneously, making it suitable for home and office environments. Like the U7 Lite, it supports dual-band Wi-Fi 7 (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) but offers three 2.5GbE ports, including PoE pass-through on one of the outputs. This feature is particularly useful for powering additional devices like VoIP phones or cameras directly from the AP, reducing the need for extra power adapters.

The U7 In-Wall is designed for both wired and wireless expansion, making it stand out from simpler access points. The PoE+ uplink port (13W max) ensures efficient power delivery while enabling a seamless connection to an existing UniFi network. The metal wall mount design adds durability and stability, making it ideal for multi-room home setups or business deployments. Additionally, with 8 SSID support, it allows for network segmentation, a crucial feature for separating guest, IoT, or business traffic without requiring additional hardware.

Feature UniFi U7 In-Wall
Wi-Fi Standard Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be)
Bands 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Max Data Rate 4.3 Gbps (BW240)
PoE Support Yes, 13W
Ethernet Ports 3x 2.5GbE (1 PoE+)
PoE Pass-Through Yes, on one 2.5GbE port
Antenna Gain 8 dBi
Coverage 115 m² (1,250 ft²)
Mounting Wall-mounted
Enclosure Material Metal & Polycarbonate

Compared to the U7 Lite, the In-Wall model offers significantly greater wired networking flexibility. The addition of two extra Ethernet ports—one with PoE pass-through—makes it ideal for deployments that require a mix of wired and wireless devices. The Lite, in contrast, is more focused on providing general Wi-Fi coverage in open spaces without built-in wired networking expansion. This means that while the Lite is well-suited for broad Wi-Fi coverage, the In-Wall excels in scenarios where wired device connectivity is necessary.

Both models share several core benefits, including Wi-Fi 7 support, 2×2 MIMO on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, and Multi-Link Operation (MLO). However, their lack of 6 GHz support and 320 MHz channel width capabilities means they cannot take full advantage of Wi-Fi 7’s highest potential speeds. Unlike the U7 Lite, which primarily targets budget-conscious users looking for general wireless coverage, the In-Wall is geared toward users who need wired connectivity and centralized networking within a single unit. In contrast, the U7 Pro and U7 Pro Max offer full 6 GHz support, unlocking higher bandwidth, lower interference, and greater efficiency in high-density environments. These premium models also include higher spatial streams and the ability to support more than 500 clients, making them a better fit for large offices, high-traffic environments, or future-proof setups. While the U7 Lite and In-Wall deliver strong performance at a lower price, users with demanding Wi-Fi 7 use cases may still find the U7 Pro series to be a superior long-term investment.

The U7 In-Wall is a versatile Wi-Fi 7 access point designed for wall-mounted deployment, making it a great fit for structured networking setups. It provides 115 square meters (1,250 square feet) of coverage and supports over 200 clients simultaneously, making it suitable for home and office environments. Like the U7 Lite, it supports dual-band Wi-Fi 7 (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz), but it enhances flexibility with three 2.5GbE ports, including PoE pass-through on one of the outputs. This feature is particularly useful for powering additional devices like VoIP phones or cameras directly from the AP. Unlike the U7 Lite, the U7 In-Wall is optimized for wired networking expansion while maintaining strong wireless performance. The PoE+ uplink port (13W max) allows for efficient power delivery, ensuring seamless integration into existing UniFi networks. The metal wall mount design provides durability and stability, making it ideal for permanent installations in commercial or multi-room home setups. The 8 SSID support allows for network segmentation, an essential feature for businesses and shared environments.

While the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall share several similarities, such as dual-band Wi-Fi 7 support and 4.3 Gbps max speeds on 5 GHz, the In-Wall model stands out due to its extra Ethernet ports and PoE pass-through. These additions make it the better choice for users who need both wireless and wired expansion in their setup. The Lite, on the other hand, is geared more towards general Wi-Fi coverage in open areas, lacking the physical networking enhancements of the In-Wall model. In terms of shared benefits, both models lack 6 GHz support, meaning they do not leverage the full 320 MHz bandwidth available in Wi-Fi 7. However, both utilize Multi-Link Operation (MLO) to improve connectivity stability, ensuring strong performance even without access to 6 GHz channels. Additionally, their MIMO configurations (2×2 on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) allow for consistent speeds across multiple devices, making them solid choices for Wi-Fi 7-enabled networks.

When compared to the U7 Pro and U7 Pro Max, the In-Wall and Lite models are more budget-friendly but also less feature-rich. The Pro and Pro Max benefit from 6 GHz support, higher spatial streams, and greater client capacity, making them ideal for high-density environments with demanding workloads. While the Lite and In-Wall are excellent for general networking, users needing future-proofing, greater bandwidth, and larger-scale deployment capabilities will still find the U7 Pro and Pro Max to be the superior choices. The U7 In-Wall, priced at $149, is a step up from the Lite version, integrating additional networking flexibility. Like the Lite model, it offers Wi-Fi 7 support on the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands, but it distinguishes itself with two additional 2.5GbE LAN ports, one of which supports PoE pass-through. This makes it ideal for users needing wired connections for additional devices. The metal wall mount design ensures a stable and durable setup, making it a great option for expanding mesh networks. Let’s start the tests!

Feature UniFi U7 Pro UniFi U7 Pro Max UniFi U7 Lite UniFi U7 In-Wall
Wi-Fi Standard Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be) Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be) Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be) Wi-Fi 7 (802.11be)
Bands 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz / 6 GHz 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz / 6 GHz 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Max Data Rate 11.5 Gbps (6 GHz) / 5.8 Gbps (5 GHz) / 1.4 Gbps (2.4 GHz) 11.5 Gbps (6 GHz) / 5.8 Gbps (5 GHz) / 1.4 Gbps (2.4 GHz) 4.3 Gbps (5 GHz) / 688 Mbps (2.4 GHz) 4.3 Gbps (5 GHz) / 688 Mbps (2.4 GHz)
MIMO Configuration 2×2 (6 GHz) / 2×2 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz) 2×2 (6 GHz) / 4×4 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz) 2×2 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz) 2×2 (5 GHz) / 2×2 (2.4 GHz)
Max Clients 500+ 500+ 200+ 200+
Ethernet Ports 1x 2.5GbE 1x 2.5GbE 1x 2.5GbE 3x 2.5GbE (1 PoE+)
PoE Support Yes, 802.3bt (PoE++) Yes, 802.3bt (PoE++) Yes, 802.3at (PoE+) Yes, 802.3at (PoE+)
PoE Pass-Through No No No Yes, on 1x 2.5GbE port
Channel Width 20/40/80/160/320 MHz 20/40/80/160/320 MHz 20/40/80/160/240 MHz 20/40/80/160/240 MHz
Antenna Gain 10 dBi 12 dBi 8 dBi 8 dBi
Coverage 140 m² (1,500 ft²) 140 m² (1,500 ft²) 115 m² (1,250 ft²) 115 m² (1,250 ft²)
Mounting Ceiling / Wall Ceiling / Wall Ceiling / Wall Wall-mounted
Enclosure Material Plastic Plastic Plastic Metal & Polycarbonate
Price ~$179 ~$199 $99 $149

UniFi U7 Lite & U7 In-Wall Review – Performance Tests

To put these devices to the test, I conducted a series of benchmarks comparing them directly against the UniFi U7 Pro. The tests included file transfer speeds, internet speed tests, and long-range performance in different real-world conditions, helping illustrate where each access point excels and where certain compromises arise.

IMPORTANTIn every test, I let the client Windows laptop have it’s frequency and band be dictated by the USB WiFi 7 adapter AND the UniFi AP. I ran the ‘optimization’ scan on each UniFi AP once up to the first connection, but after that I trusted the Access Point to manage the connection and frequency position. I KNOW I could have manually adjusted/bonded bands and frequencies to each device for the tests (and most likely improve the results of each device), but this likely would not represent the average novice user experience, who would want to ‘trust’ the AP to handle their connection. So remember, that if you are connected to a UniFi U7/U7 Pro/U7 Pro Max/UY Lite/U7 In-Wall AP and you are getting low speeds, it might serve you well to log into your UniFi controller and set your bands/frequencies manually for priority devices.


  • Router/Gateway: UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-Fiber)
  • Internet Connection: 1Gbps Down / 100+ Mbps Up
  • Testing Device: Windows 11 laptop with a Wi-Fi 7 USB adapter HERE 
  • NAS for File Transfer: TerraMaster F4-424 Max (10GbE NAS) and a 10GB 4K .MP4 File
  • Testing Distance: 10m (clear indoor), 5m (two walls in between), 20m & 30m (outdoor testing)

This setup aims to simulate typical deployment scenarios while factoring in both simple and obstructed line-of-sight conditions.


File Transfer Speed Test (10m, Clear Indoor)

  • U7 Pro: 3 minutes 18 seconds (2.8 Gbps connection)
  • U7 In-Wall: 4 minutes 31 seconds (1.4 Gbps connection)
  • U7 Lite: 3 minutes 38 seconds (1.4 Gbps connection)

Analysis:

  • The U7 Pro benefits from 6 GHz support and 320 MHz bandwidth, enabling significantly higher throughput, especially at close range with minimal interference.
  • The U7 Lite comes surprisingly close to the Pro’s performance despite lacking 6 GHz, showing that its 5 GHz performance and MLO are still quite strong under optimal conditions.
  • The U7 In-Wall is slower than the U7 Lite by almost a whole minute, yet it remains competitive for most home or small office needs.

Internet Speed Tests (Ookla Speed Test – 10m, Clear Indoor)

  • U7 Pro: 689 Mbps Down / 79 Mbps Up
  • U7 In-Wall: 491 Mbps Down / 82 Mbps Up
  • U7 Lite: 479 Mbps Down / 88 Mbps Up

Analysis:

  • The U7 Pro again comes out on top, showcasing the advantage of 6 GHz in an environment where the internet connection can exceed typical 2.4/5 GHz bandwidth.
  • Both the U7 Lite and U7 In-Wall achieve around 500 Mbps, which is more than adequate for everyday use. Their slight gap compared to the Pro is expected given their lack of 6 GHz.
  • Upload speeds are fairly close among all three, indicating stable performance on the 2.4/5 GHz bands even without the Pro’s extra frequency options.

File Transfer Test (5m, Two Walls in Between)

  • U7 Pro: 13 minutes 31 seconds (fluctuated between 800 Mbps – 2.8 Gbps)
  • U7 In-Wall: 5 minutes 1 second (consistent 1.2-1.4 Gbps)
  • U7 Lite: 8 minutes 2 seconds (locked at 720 Mbps)

Analysis:

  • The U7 Pro suffers here because it constantly attempts to leverage 6 GHz and MLO. Thick walls and interior interference can cause frequent band-switching, disrupting throughput consistency. I still want to investigate this, as it seems unusually slow – TBC
  • The U7 In-Wall excels by settling quickly on a steady 5 GHz link, showing that fewer available bands can sometimes reduce overhead and yield consistent speeds.
  • The U7 Lite offers moderate performance; it didn’t dynamically switch to multiple bands, so its stable but lower throughput (720 Mbps) resulted in a middling transfer time.

Long-Range Performance (20m & 30m, Outdoor)

  • At 20m:

    • U7 Pro: Maintained a 6 GHz connection at 612 Mbps
    • U7 In-Wall: Used MLO (2.4 & 5 GHz) – 146 Mbps / 154 Mbps
    • U7 Lite: Maintained a 5 GHz connection at 680 Mbps
  • At 30m:

    • U7 Pro: Dropped to 720 Mbps / 367 Mbps
    • U7 In-Wall: Maintained MLO connection at 146 Mbps / 172 Mbps
    • U7 Lite: Maintained a single 5 GHz connection at 136 Mbps / 324 Mbps

Analysis:

  • U7 Pro’s 6 GHz signal offers high peak speeds, but 6 GHz can degrade faster over distance or through obstacles. Once it drops down, it’s still fast, yet its throughput can vary as it switches.
  • U7 In-Wall uses MLO to combine 2.4 and 5 GHz, prioritizing reliability over sheer speed, which makes it ideal for consistent coverage in multi-floor homes or offices.
  • U7 Lite sticks to 5 GHz, delivering a surprisingly solid signal at 20m and 30m. This approach prevents the frequent channel shifts seen on the Pro, resulting in smoother, if not top-tier, long-range performance.


Overall, these tests highlight the trade-offs each model makes:

  • U7 Pro or U7 Pro Max: Best raw performance and peak speeds, but can suffer from complex band-hopping in tricky environments.
  • U7 In-Wall: Balances wired flexibility with reliable 5 GHz coverage, ideal for consistent performance and versatile setups.
  • U7 Lite: Compact and cost-effective, with speeds that rival the Pro at shorter distances but without the Pro’s complexity—well-suited for simpler mesh expansions.

Whether you prioritize peak throughput (U7 Pro), flexible wired connectivity (U7 In-Wall), or affordability and easy placement (U7 Lite), each model has distinct strengths to suit different user needs.

UniFi U7 Lite & U7 in Wall Review – Verdict and Conclusion

The UniFi U7 In-Wall and UniFi U7 Lite are well-positioned as affordable, small-scale Wi-Fi 7 solutions, offering dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz connectivity, 2.5GbE PoE support, and Multi-Link Operation (MLO) for improved stability. At $149 for the In-Wall and $99 for the Lite, they provide a cost-effective way to expand a UniFi network while avoiding the higher price points of Pro-tier APs. The U7 In-Wall stands out with its two additional 2.5GbE ports, including PoE pass-through, making it particularly useful for wired and wireless networking in a single unit, ideal for structured setups. Meanwhile, the U7 Lite serves as a simple and efficient mesh expansion option, making it a great fit for users looking for broad Wi-Fi coverage at a low cost.

However, the most significant limitation of these models is their lack of 6 GHz support, meaning they cannot leverage the full 320 MHz bandwidth that Wi-Fi 7 is capable of, potentially leading to higher congestion in busier environments. While MLO helps compensate, users in high-density areas may find that spending extra on the U7 Pro or U7 Pro Max is the smarter choice for future-proofing and superior performance. Still, for budget-conscious users or those expanding a smaller network, both the U7 In-Wall and U7 Lite are exceptional value, providing strong performance, power efficiency, and seamless UniFi integration without the premium price tag.

Pros of the U7 Lite / U7 In-Wall AP Cons of the U7 Lite / U7 In-Wall AP
✅ Affordable Pricing – The U7 Lite ($99) and U7 In-Wall ($149) provide excellent value for those looking to upgrade to Wi-Fi 7 without the premium cost.
✅ 2.5GbE PoE Support – Both APs support 2.5GbE uplink, ensuring faster network speeds without being throttled to 1GbE.
✅ Multi-Link Operation (MLO) – Allows better stability and throughput by utilizing multiple bands simultaneously, even without 6 GHz.
✅ Flexible Deployment – The U7 Lite is ideal for mesh expansions, while the U7 In-Wall adds extra wired connectivity with two additional 2.5GbE ports (one with PoE pass-through).
✅ Easy Network Management – The UniFi Controller software allows both automated and manual control, catering to both novices and power users.
✅ Efficient Power Consumption – These APs remain power-efficient, making them suitable for multiple deployments without excessive energy costs.
❌ No 6 GHz Support – Without Wi-Fi 7’s 6 GHz band, these models lack access to the full 320 MHz bandwidth, potentially leading to higher congestion in busy environments.
❌ Limited for High-Density Networks – While they support 200+ clients, they lack the higher spatial streams of the U7 Pro and Pro Max, making them less suitable for very crowded networks.

Where to Buy

UniFi U7 In-Wall – $149 HERE

UniFi U7 Lite – $99 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro –$189 HERE 

UniFi U7 Pro Max –$279 HERE 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Samsung 9100 Pro Gen 5×4 SSD – FINALLY!!!

Par : Rob Andrews
28 février 2025 à 18:00

Samsung Unveils 9100 PRO PCIe 5.0 SSD with Up to 14,800 MB/s Speeds and 8TB Capacity

Samsung has officially launched its 9100 PRO Series, marking its first full-fledged PCIe 5.0 NVMe SSD and its most powerful consumer storage solution to date. Designed to meet the growing demands of AI workloads, high-performance computing, 8K video editing, and gaming, this SSD delivers sequential read speeds of up to 14,800 MB/s, making it nearly twice as fast as its predecessor, the 990 PRO. The 9100 PRO lineup includes capacities of 1TB, 2TB, 4TB, and 8TB, catering to both professionals and power users requiring high-speed data access and extensive storage capacity. With the introduction of a more power-efficient 5nm controller, improved thermal management, and a choice between heatsink and non-heatsink versions, Samsung aims to push PCIe 5.0 adoption forward while setting a new benchmark for consumer SSDs.

Samsung 9100 Pro SSD Hardware and Specifications

The Samsung 9100 PRO is built using Samsung’s in-house PCIe 5.0 controller and V-NAND TLC (V8) flash memory, providing a significant increase in performance, reliability, and efficiency. Unlike its predecessors, the 9100 PRO utilizes the NVMe 2.0 protocol, enabling better optimizations for high-speed workloads. It is equipped with LPDDR4X DRAM-based caching to further enhance performance, ensuring that data retrieval and transfer speeds remain consistent under heavy loads. Power efficiency has been improved by 49% compared to the 990 PRO, allowing the drive to operate at lower power consumption levels, with an active power draw ranging from 7.6W to 9.0W depending on the model. For added security, the 9100 PRO supports AES 256-bit encryption, TCG Opal 2.0, and Microsoft eDrive, making it a viable option for enterprise-level security and personal data protection.

Samsung 9100 PRO Specifications

Specification 1TB 2TB 4TB 8TB
Interface PCIe 5.0 x4, NVMe 2.0
Form Factor M.2 (2280) / M.2 (2280 with Heatsink)
NAND Samsung V-NAND TLC (V8)
Controller Samsung In-House Controller
Cache Memory 1GB LPDDR4X 2GB LPDDR4X 4GB LPDDR4X 8GB LPDDR4X
Sequential Read/Write (MB/s) 14,700 / 13,300 14,700 / 13,400 14,800 / 13,400 14,800 / 13,400
Random Read/Write (IOPS, QD32) 1,850K / 2,600K 1,850K / 2,600K 2,200K / 2,600K 2,200K / 2,600K
Power Consumption (Active Read/Write, W) 7.6 / 7.2 8.1 / 7.9 9.0 / 8.2 TBD
Device Sleep (L1.2, mW) 4.0 / 3.3 4.8 / 4.0 6.5 / 5.7 TBD
Intelligent TurboWrite 2.0 Cache 114GB 226GB 442GB TBD
Data Encryption AES 256-bit, TCG Opal v2.0, MS eDrive (IEEE1667)
Total Bytes Written (TBW) 600 1,200 2,400 4,800
Warranty Five (5) Year Limited Warranty

Samsung 9100 Pro vs Samsung 990 EVO and EVO Plus

The Samsung 9100 PRO SSD is a pretty big jump in storage performance, surpassing previous consumer SSDs like the 990 EVO and EVO Plus in nearly every metric. While the 990 EVO and EVO Plus were developed to meet the needs of mainstream users looking for a balance of performance and affordability, the 9100 PRO is engineered specifically for professionals, power users, and high-performance computing environments. One of the most significant differences is the interface upgrade, with the 9100 PRO utilizing PCIe 5.0 x4—a major step up from the 990 EVO’s PCIe 4.0 and the EVO Plus’s PCIe 3.0. This translates to dramatically higher sequential read and write speeds, where the 9100 PRO reaches up to 14,800 MB/s read and 13,400 MB/s write speeds, whereas the 990 EVO maxes out at 5,000 MB/s read and 4,800 MB/s write, and the EVO Plus is limited to 3,500 MB/s read and 3,200 MB/s write. These figures alone make the 9100 PRO nearly three times faster than the EVO Plus and close to three times faster than the 990 EVO, delivering unprecedented speed for workloads like 8K video editing, AI processing, and high-resolution content creation.

Beyond raw speed, the 9100 PRO also dominates in efficiency, endurance, and storage capacity, areas where Samsung has significantly improved upon its previous SSD lineup. The 9100 PRO features an endurance rating of up to 4,800 TBW (Total Bytes Written) for the 8TB model, whereas the 990 EVO and EVO Plus are capped at 600 TBW, meaning the 9100 PRO can handle up to eight times the write cycles before reaching its lifespan limit. This enhanced durability makes it ideal for workstations and AI applications where large datasets are continuously processed and rewritten. Furthermore, Samsung has introduced an 8TB model in the 9100 PRO lineup, a first for its consumer NVMe SSDs, whereas the 990 EVO is limited to 4TB and the EVO Plus maxes out at 2TB. Power efficiency has also been improved by up to 49%, thanks to the 5nm controller used in the 9100 PRO, allowing it to maintain higher performance while consuming less power per operation. These advancements make the 9100 PRO not just an incremental upgrade but a transformative SSD in Samsung’s lineup, aimed squarely at professionals who demand uncompromising speed, reliability, and storage capacity.

Specification Samsung 9100 PRO Samsung 990 EVO Samsung 990 EVO PLUS
Interface PCIe 5.0 x4, NVMe 2.0 PCIe 4.0 x4, NVMe 1.4 PCIe 3.0 x4, NVMe 1.3
Form Factor M.2 (2280) / M.2 (2280 with Heatsink) M.2 (2280) M.2 (2280)
NAND Samsung V-NAND TLC (V8) Samsung V-NAND TLC Samsung V-NAND TLC
Controller Samsung In-House Controller Samsung In-House Controller Samsung In-House Controller
Cache Memory 1GB – 8GB LPDDR4X 1GB – 2GB LPDDR4 None
Sequential Read (MB/s) 14,700 – 14,800 5,000 3,500
Sequential Write (MB/s) 13,300 – 13,400 4,800 3,200
Random Read (IOPS, QD32) 1,850K – 2,200K 800K 600K
Random Write (IOPS, QD32) 2,600K 1,000K 550K
Power Consumption (Active, W) 7.6W – 9.0W 5.3W – 5.9W 4.5W – 5.0W
Device Sleep (L1.2, mW) 4.0mW – 6.5mW 5mW 5mW
Total Bytes Written (TBW) 600 – 4,800 TB 600TB 600TB
Warranty 5-Year Limited Warranty 5-Year Limited Warranty 5-Year Limited Warranty

TurboWrite – What is it?

The 9100 PRO Series introduces Samsung’s Intelligent TurboWrite 2.0, a highly optimized SLC caching system that significantly improves write speeds and overall performance consistency. amsung TurboWrite is a technology used in Samsung SSDs to make them faster. Think of it like a temporary speed boost for writing data.

  1. Creates a Fast Cache – The SSD sets aside a small part of its storage as a high-speed buffer (like a VIP lane for data).
  2. Speeds Up Writes – When you save files, they first go into this super-fast buffer, making it seem like the SSD is writing faster.
  3. Moves Data in the Background – Later, when the SSD is idle, it moves the data from the fast cache to the main storage.

✅ Faster file transfers (especially for small/medium-sized files).
✅ Better everyday performance (like booting Windows, opening apps, or saving documents).
⚠ Slows down for big files – If you copy very large files that fill up the TurboWrite cache, the speed drops to the SSD’s normal (slower) write speed.

Unlike conventional SSDs, which experience a performance drop once the primary cache is exhausted, TurboWrite dynamically allocates NAND capacity as an extended cache, maintaining peak speeds for longer durations. The cache size is based on drive capacity, with 114GB allocated for 1TB models, 226GB for 2TB, and up to 442GB for 4TB variants. This feature ensures high-speed data transfers and minimizes write slowdowns, especially beneficial for video editors, software developers, and content creators working with large datasets.

Samsung 9100 Pro SSD Durability and Endurance

The Samsung 9100 PRO is designed with long-term endurance in mind, featuring Total Bytes Written (TBW) ratings of up to 4,800TB for the 8TB variant. This translates to 0.328 Drive Writes Per Day (DWPD), meaning users can rewrite roughly one-third of the drive’s full capacity daily for five years without exceeding its rated lifespan. This makes it ideal for sustained workloads, AI processing, and enterprise environments that require consistent, high-speed storage. Compared to previous-generation SSDs, the 9100 PRO offers significantly improved durability, reducing the risk of performance degradation over time.

Samsung 9100 Pro SSD Pricing and Release Information

The Samsung 9100 PRO SSD will launch in March 2025 with the following pricing:

  • 1TB$199.99
  • 2TB$299.99
  • 4TB$549.99
  • 8TBComing in H2 2025 (pricing TBD)

The heatsink versions will be available for $20 more per model. Given its groundbreaking performance, improved efficiency, and increased storage capacity, the 9100 PRO is set to become one of the leading PCIe 5.0 SSDs in the market, competing with Seagate’s FireCuda 540 and Crucial’s T700.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle


Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – REALLY Worth $279?

Par : Rob Andrews
26 février 2025 à 18:00

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review

When it comes to the hardware in your network environment, UniFi has always been one of those companies where you are either fully invested in practically every network appliance in its ecosystem or have nothing to do with it. A UniFi ecosystem is designed to allow you to easily and efficiently manage your entire network environment. In recent years, the brand has expanded beyond simple network appliances into a lot more IoT and client-edge tech found in homes and offices, further expanding this ecosystem. In the last year alone, we’ve seen them double down on surveillance, introduce network-attached storage, open up third-party hardware integration, and more. Today, I want to discuss their latest router, the UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR 7), a new scaled-up 10G and WiFi 7 refresh of their existing WiFi 6 desktop-style router. Arriving at the mid-range price of around $279, it sits comfortably between affordable entry-level WiFi 7 routers from the likes of TP-Link while significantly undercutting pricing of bigger network routers from Amazon, Netgear, and Asus. Arriving with the UniFi Network and Router operating systems, as well as support for numerous UniFi software appliances, the UDR 7 marks a significant step up for comparatively domestic routers as we enter the seventh generation of wireless connectivity. Can this router be used in your network alongside non-UniFi equipment? And will this router serve you long-term as your client hardware scales up in line with modern tech innovation? Let’s find out.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Quick Conclusion

As appealing as the UniFi router and network software that this system is bundled with are, the main praise I have to give the UDR 7 is that everyone is going to feel the benefits of this router in their network at this price point. The small compromises it has compared to the previous UDR system (such as fewer PoE ports) are immediately outweighed by its versatility, which would be hard to find at a better price elsewhere. The fact that all LAN ports are 2.5G and that the two WAN/LAN ports are 2.5G and 10G SFP+ respectively puts this router massively ahead of most competitors in the sub-$300 market. Equally, support for the UniFi Protect surveillance software and the included WD Purple SD card storage are nice extras that you don’t commonly find elsewhere—let alone the inclusion of a PoE 2.5G port. The router and network management software is, of course, quintessentially UniFi in its presentation. Striking a balance between usability and information is a tough challenge, and the UniFi software almost succeeds. It excels in its presentation and management via the mobile app, though the desktop UI could be a touch more intuitive. How could you make wireless and wired network management truly user-friendly? That said, the UDR 7 is a genuinely WiFi 7-ready router, offering 2×2 6GHz coverage and taking advantage of all the frequency and bandwidth benefits afforded to true WiFi 7 6GHz clients. Add a simple $20 USB WiFi 7 adapter to your system, and you can immediately enjoy base-level 2.8Gbps wireless connectivity, scaling this up substantially with the right WiFi 7 wireless NICs. Even if you’re not in love with the UniFi software platform or handing management of your services over to Ubiquiti’s remote services, you can still set up the device without a UI.com account. You do not need to deploy it with UniFi Network equipment, and VPN and encrypted protocol services can still be managed via popular third-party options if preferred.

Buying a router for your home or business instead of relying on the one supplied by your ISP can often feel like an unnecessary expense. However, considering the price point and the network advantages the UDR 7 provides, I believe this system is worth it. Some of its services might require additional polish over time, and greater network capabilities on this router will be realized as technology progresses, but I wholeheartedly recommend the UDR 7 for the majority of setups.

BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 9/10
PERFORMANCE - 9/10
PRICE - 8/10
VALUE - 9/10


9.0
PROS
👍🏻WiFi 7 Support – Offers Genuine 6GHz connectivity with 320MHz channels, enabling faster speeds and lower latency.
👍🏻Multi-Gig Networking – Includes three 2.5GbE LAN ports and a 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN port, making it highly future-proof.
👍🏻Comprehensive UniFi Software – Provides robust network management features, including VLANs, QoS, IDS/IPS security, and VPN support.
👍🏻Integrated UniFi Protect Support – Comes with a pre-installed 64GB WD Purple SD card, allowing local video storage for security cameras.
👍🏻Flexible WAN/LAN Configurations – Supports dual WAN for failover or load balancing, or repurposing the 10GbE SFP+ port as LAN.
👍🏻High Customization & Security – Offers advanced firewall controls, application-aware filtering, and in-depth traffic analytics.
👍🏻User-Friendly Mobile App – Easy setup and management via the UniFi mobile app, with intuitive controls and real-time monitoring.
👍🏻No UI.com Account Required – Can be set up locally without requiring an online UniFi account, providing more control over network privacy.
CONS
👎🏻Limited PoE Support – Only includes one PoE-enabled 2.5GbE port, which may be a drawback for users looking to power multiple UniFi cameras or access points.
👎🏻6GHz Band Availability Varies by Region – While WiFi 7 delivers significant improvements, the 6GHz spectrum and 320MHz channels may not be fully available in all areas, limiting real-world performance.
👎🏻Not the Most Budget-Friendly Option – Although competitively priced for a WiFi 7 router, there are still more cost-effective alternatives on the market, especially for users who don’t need UniFi’s ecosystem.

Where to Buy

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

 

Feature

Specification

Processor

Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53, 1.5GHz

Memory

3GB DDR4

Storage

SD Card Slot (64GB WD Purple SD Card pre-installed)

WiFi Standard

WiFi 7 (802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax/be)

MIMO Configuration

2×2 (2.4GHz, 5GHz, 6GHz)

Maximum Throughput

2.4GHz: 688Mbps

5GHz: 4.3Gbps

6GHz: 5.7Gbps

LAN Ports

3x 2.5GbE (Port 1 PoE)

WAN Ports

1x 2.5GbE WAN/LAN

1x 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN

Security Features

– Signature-based IPS/IDS

– Application-aware firewall

– Content, domain, ad, and country filtering

QoS

– WiFi QoS with UniFi APs

– Application, domain, and country-based QoS

VPN Support

– WireGuard, L2TP, OpenVPN server

– OpenVPN client

– IPsec and OpenVPN site-to-site

– One-click Teleport and Identity VPN

Firewall

Full stateful firewall with advanced rules

Segmentation

VLAN and subnet-based traffic segmentation

Internet Failover

LTE backup support

DHCP Features

DHCP relay and customizable DHCP server

IPv6 Support

Yes

IGMP Proxy

Supported

Bluetooth

For setup

LCD/LCM Screen

Integrated

Physical Dimensions

110 x 110 x 184.1 mm

Weight

1.1kg

Encryption Standards

WEP, WPA-PSK, WPA-Enterprise (WPA/WPA2/WPA3)

Max SSIDs

8 per radio frequency/channel

Other Capabilities

– License-free SD-WAN

– Application and device identification

– Internet quality and outage reporting

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Design

The UniFi Dream Router 7 arrives in the same pretty and aesthetically eye-catching packaging as most UniFi products do. The fold-out cardboard packaging does a great job of protecting the device in transit while still looking absolutely great.

The unit is held tightly in custom multi-part card plus foam, and the power cable and small accessory kit are located in their own compartment at the bottom. I say accessory kit, but what there is is simply a two-pin power connector, a small manufacturer’s warranty booklet, and a pin. That’s really it. The router is designed with the software already preloaded in the system and is pretty much good to go as soon as you plug it into the power and connect your existing internet connection into an SFP RJ45 WAN port.

It is very different in design to pretty much every other router in the market, although a touch similar to that of the Apple or Amazon routers. UniFi has bolstered the existing design of the previous router/capsule style of devices and has simply scaled things up a little bit here with improved cooling and venting. It’s actually surprisingly compact for the amount of connectivity it has to offer.

The front of the system is also remarkably understated, though it does feature a small LCD panel that gives real-time information about active traffic utilization on the system. This is not exactly groundbreaking, but it does add to the aesthetic style and is arguably more than a lot of routers give you in the market anyway.

Flipping the device around shows us a bevy of network connections, and I’ll be honest—what there is to see is (brackets mostly closed brackets) absolutely fantastic for a router at this price, but more on that in a bit. The base of the system features a WPS button for easy connections just like you would find on the majority of other routers, as well as additional ventilation to keep things cool when the system’s in operation. I’m not really in love with the idea of the router not featuring much in the way of LEDs, and I do wonder about the temperatures of this system when you’re utilizing all four 2.5G connections and the 10G at once (not to mention all of those antennas running 6GHz connections). Certainly, I might have my reservations about deploying a router like this in a closed cupboard or non-ventilated location.

Instead of individual LEDs that denote connection, health, and internet health, the system instead uses a rather attractive ring color system at the top of the router that denotes the health and connectivity of an internet connection. Again, I think I would much rather have a little bit more front-mounted visualization of what’s going on with the individual connections rather than the streamlined LCD and internet LED indicator at the top, but I also know that, as more of a network systems addict, I do not represent most users. All in all, the design is exactly what you would expect from a UniFi product and does manage to cram a lot in while still maintaining a very unique and appealing aesthetic. However, there is quite a lot of hardware packed under the bonnet here; let’s discuss the ports and connectivity on this system.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Ports and Connections

The previous UniFi Dream Machine Router stood out from a number of other WiFi 6 routers in the market thanks to its affordable price point and support for 2.5G WAN and PoE network connections. Now, the new UDR 7 scales things up in almost every way—but the one area it doesn’t improve upon may annoy some. For now, though, let’s discuss the default network connectivity.

There are five physical ports on the rear of the UniFi Dream Router 7. There are four copper 2.5G connections and a 10G SFP connection. Three of the 2.5G connections are dedicated LAN ports, each of which supports up to 279MB per second active connectivity.

There is then a further 2.5G optional WAN or LAN port, also in copper, that can have its utilization configured in the UniFi router software as needed. With an increase in greater-than-gigabit speeds around the world, alongside traditional ISP routers arriving with 2.5G ports for these higher-speed services, the fact that the default is 2.5G is going to be hugely appealing.

However, the UDR 7 also benefits from the inclusion of a 10G SFP connection, much like a number of premium-priced WiFi 7 routers, but at more than half the price. This is particularly useful as it too can be set as needed as a WAN port or a LAN port. That means the user can decide whether they want to directly pipe a high-speed fiber connection straight into the router to be shared across the other four 2.5G connections (covering the bulk of that 10G input), or leave this port as a LAN port for 10G NAS connectivity. That’s pretty useful and definitely advantageous in terms of scalability and long-term future-proofing as internet services in your home or business increase over time and the network capability of the appliances you buy likewise improves. This is a fantastic base-level network connection setup on the UDR 7. Once again, at $279, it makes it particularly appealing.

However, a little bit of good news/bad news is that, although the UDR 7 features a PoE port, it only features a single PoE copper output compared to the two PoE connections of the previous generation router. As the UDR 7 supports the installation of the UniFi Protect surveillance software (something we’ll touch on later), there are definitely going to be users a little disappointed that the ease of deploying PoE cameras directly into the router has been effectively halved here. This is especially disappointing now that UniFi Protect supports third-party PoE cameras too. Likewise, with an increase in PoE-ready accessories and devices from UniFi being released, some may find it a bitter pill to swallow that this new router has diminished this rather unique selling point of the previous generation UniFi router.

One interesting extra feature of the UniFi Dream Router 7 is that it features a microSD slot that arrives pre-populated with a 64GB card. This card is used in conjunction with the previously mentioned surveillance services and means that this router serves adequately as an alternative to a UniFi Dream Machine Pro or UNVR (albeit on a much smaller storage scale) for recording domestic surveillance cameras and keeping your footage. Another small note here: no one would have blamed UniFi if they’d included domestic SD cards that just happened to have the UniFi logo on them. Indeed, I don’t think anyone would have judged UniFi harshly if they hadn’t included an SD card at all! Nevertheless, this WiFi 7 router not only includes an SD card at no additional cost, but it is a WD Purple surveillance-designed SD card. Fair play.

In terms of WiFi connectivity, the router arrives with support for the 2.4GHz, 5GHz, and WiFi 7-specific 6GHz bands at 2×2. Equally, thanks to the opening of the 320MHz frequency blocks and multi-stream capabilities of WiFi 7, individually connected WiFi 7-ready appliances have the potential to not only exceed legacy physical gigabit LAN connections but achieve multiple times that speed.

For example, utilizing a simple budget $20 USB 6GHz WiFi 7 adapter from AliExpress, I was immediately able to create a direct 2.8Gbps WiFi connection between my Windows 11 laptop and the UniFi Dream Router 7. That is even greater than the physical 2.5Gbps connections on the router.

Let’s dig a little deeper into the wireless capabilities of this router and what it can and cannot do.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Internal Hardware

The UniFi Dream Router 7 is built with a quad-core ARM Cortex-A53 processor clocked at 1.5GHz, paired with 3GB of DDR4 memory. This hardware configuration supports advanced networking functions such as multi-gigabit data throughput, VLAN segmentation, and application-aware security features. The DDR4 memory ensures improved performance and energy efficiency compared to older memory standards, which is crucial for delivering consistent and reliable network performance under load. The router’s CPU architecture is well-suited for multitasking, enabling it to handle multiple operations simultaneously without significant performance bottlenecks. In terms of real-world performance, the quad-core processor and 3GB of memory enable the Dream Router 7 to meet the demands of modern home and small-business networks.

The processor handles resource-intensive tasks like VPN connections, quality-of-service (QoS) adjustments, and advanced intrusion detection systems (IDS) efficiently. The ample memory capacity supports features such as traffic segmentation, advanced firewall configurations, and a high number of concurrent devices, especially over WiFi 7, which allows for faster speeds and improved device management compared to previous wireless standards. When compared to the UniFi Dream Router with WiFi 6, the newer model provides notable hardware enhancements. The older version includes a dual-core processor and 2GB of DDR4 memory, which are sufficient for many home networks but may struggle with more complex setups or environments with multiple high-bandwidth devices. The Dream Router 7’s additional CPU cores and larger memory capacity ensure better scalability and smoother performance when running advanced networking tasks or handling a larger number of connected devices. This makes the newer model more suitable for users with high-performance requirements or future-proofing in mind.

Feature

UniFi Dream Router 7

UniFi Dream Router (WiFi 6)

Processor

Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53, 1.5GHz

Dual-Core Processor

Memory

3GB DDR4

2GB DDR4

WiFi Standard

WiFi 7 (802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax/be)

WiFi 6 (802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax)

MIMO Configuration

2×2 (2.4GHz, 5GHz, 6GHz)

2×2 (2.4GHz, 5GHz)

Max Throughput

2.4GHz: 688Mbps

5GHz: 4.3Gbps

6GHz: 5.7Gbps

2.4GHz: 600Mbps

5GHz: 2.4Gbps

LAN Ports

3x 2.5GbE (1 PoE)

4x 1GbE

WAN Port

1x 2.5GbE / 1x 10GbE SFP+

1x 1GbE

Storage

64GB SD Card (included)

No pre-installed storage

The improvements in the UniFi Dream Router 7 align with the growing needs of users who demand robust network performance, advanced features, and support for emerging technologies like WiFi 7. Its enhanced CPU and memory configuration allows for better multitasking, improved throughput, and reliable operation in demanding environments. These hardware upgrades ensure the router is capable of handling both current and future network demands efficiently.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Software and Controls

Realistically, no one should be spending inordinate amounts of time using the software that your router arrives with – that’s just a simple fact. Indeed, you want you router (or any network appliance) to just do it’s job! Therefore talking about just how good the UniFi network software is, and how the UniFi Dream Router 7 capitalized on it, is going get a mixed reaction depending on your own level of network knowledge and custom requirements. I will say straight away though that you will really, REALLY struggle to find a more capable and flexible router software at this price point. You will struggle to find ANY setting, config, adjustable parameter of control measure not included with the UDR7. First off, there is the mobile application. As the UDR7 hosts the UniFi network software, ALOT of the iOS and Android official UniFi applications are supported by the UDR7.

Firs time setup of the router using the mobile application (you can use a desktop machine with your web browser if you prefer of course) is incredibly straight forward. The Router can be found via the local area network or Bluetooth within 2 minutes of it’s first power-on. One big misconception (I was guilt of this too a while back) was that you have to register a UI.com account online in order to use UniFi appliances. This is NOT true. You can set the device up without a UI account (and even WITHOUT an internet connection) and doing so just needs to you create a local administrator account. It is recommended to use a UI account of course, as it allowed for easier comms and access for your larger Unifi network, but it is by no means compulsory. You can also create a system backup (with your config data of users, settings, SSIDs, etc) and backup online if you choose – and then easier pull this backup if you wish during initialization easily.

Upon creating local credentials or resisting an online account, the router performs an initial internet performance test and then goes about setting up your router. Much like other recent UniFi releases, the system has a ‘gamer’ style installation screen that shows tips and guides on how to get the most out of your router – very rare in a router I will say.

The setup process takes around 2-3 minutes and after that, you have pretty much FULL control and access to the Router’s configuration from your mobile phone. You can definitely tell that UNiFi have put the hours in with regard to the UX of the mobile application. Routers (and switches for that matter) are NOT easy systems to try and simplify – let along ocndence in a compact mobile UI. However they really have excelled in the latest version of their software.

Management of individual devices on the network are all presented intuitively in the app, and alongside their position/priority/bandwidth/consumption being presented, you can also use the app to institute controls and rules for 1, some or all devices on the fly – with instant implementation. Again, it’s no the fact that you can ‘do’ this that I am impressed by, it is the ease and intuitive way it is presented in a mobile app.

The same applies to the physical connections and wireless connections on the UDR7 itself, with full remote control with the app to bridge, negotiate, failover, vLAN, disable, etc any port easily – as well as create new SSIDs, assign channels and push client devices around on the router side in 3-4 clicks. All of this is performed responsively and easily in the app.

On the subject of client devices, let’s discuss that WiFi 7 support. WiFi 7 opens up ALOT of performance and general bandwidth advantages. WiFi routers and client devices have been around now for around 10-12 months, as well as the increase in availability globally of greater than Gigabit internet services. Most internet service providers have already a router with their services – but not many provide WiFi 7 routers with their services, even at greater than gigabit speeds. So, what is the advantage? For the quicker (ish) version, watch my video below.

Now, you might well not have any devices right now that are WiFi 7, but plan on upgrading to WiFi 7 at some point in the further over a PCIe upgrade card. Even if you are using a system that lacks a PCIe upgrade clot, you can get small m.2 upgrade cards for a WiFi 7 / 802.11be upgrade for as little as $15-20 here. Hell, you do not even need to open up your system, as you can now get WiFi 7 to USB adapter upgrades for as little as $25-30, which is exactly what used when testing the router with my Windows 11 laptop for the earlier testing of the UDR7.

The USB-to-WiFi 7 Adapter I used in my testing of the UDR7 was this one HERE on Aliexpress.

This USB to WiFi 7 adapter allowed for immediate 802.11be connectivity between my laptop and the UniFi Dream Router 7, over the now available 6Ghz band. Although there is more to WiFi 7 and this router than just that additional frequency. tHE udr7 SUPPORTS 2.4Ghz and 5ghz (just like all WiFi 6 and 6E routers), but crucially alongside the 6Ghz band allowing for more active concurrent connections, you are also able to take advantage of 320Mhz bandwidth (till now WiFi 6/6E only allowed for up to the 160Mhz connections). This means that you have a greater bandwidth per connection – though you can only have a finite amount of connections at 320Mhz at once. This is COMBINED with WiFi allowing for overlapping connections too and 1 device enjoying multiple connections at once.

This means that not only can you match the speed of a normal wired gigabit connection, but you can ABSOLUTELY SMASH IT! As you can see below, using this USB adapter on my regular windows laptop, connecting to the UniFi Dream Router 7 over the 6Hz band – I was able to hit 2.8Gb/s wireless connectivity!!! That is even faster than using one of the physical 2.5GbE connections on the UDR7.

It’s worth remembering though that WiFi 7 is NOT perfect and although it presents a lot of benefits for bandwidth improvements, reduced latency and increased encryption options, support of the wider frequencies and abilities of a larger WiFi 7 populated network are still a little ‘early days’.

By that, I mean that although you can hit high performance with 320Mhz connections, the actual radio frequency opened up right now (depending on your region) is pretty slim. The UDR7 router DOES show you the full radio spectrum, separated dynamically with each 20/40/80/160/320Mhz block that is spread across 2.4/5/6Ghz – but ALOT of it is still unavailable to use in many regions.

These limitations are likely going to reduce over time and, therefore you have to look at a decent % of the WiFi capabilities of the UniFi Dream Router 7 as ‘future proofing’ – but just keep in mind that although you can deploy ALOT of wireless (and wired) devices in a UDR7 managed environment, those peak 802.11be/WiFi 7 bandwidth improvements are going to be shared only by a few client devices – in reality the real benefits are going to be felt with the opening up of the 6Ghz frequency allowing for more devices to be spread over all three frequencies and bands at 80/160Mhz.

Anotehr note to keep in mind is that the 6Ghz band has a shorter area of effect than 5Ghz (which likewise has a shorter area than WiFi 5). So WiFi7 is at it’s best in closer proximity without walls – more as a cable alternative if you are in the same areas as your UniFi router. But when I connected to a 10GbE NAS (connected to the 10GbE port of my UDR7), I was able to hit 187MB/s write easily (though read performance was oddly inconsistent – possibly related to the NAS, still investigating – TBC) in CrystalDiskMark.

Likewise, similar testing with the WiFi 7 USB Adapter, through the UDR7 and at the 10GbE connected NAS hit 260MB/s+ easily. Once again, I would have easily respected this if I had been connecting with the NAS using the 2.5GbE ports – but I am hugely impressed that I was able to hit this benchmark over a WiFi connection (thanks to that 2.8Gbps 6Ghz setup). Respect!

Additionally it is very easy to monitor the position, WiFi coverage, Channel and performance of any device connected to the UDR7 controller software. Also allowing you to create rules o the fly to automatically manage them later as/when devices arrive.

These same controls also extend all the way down to the ISP input of the UDR7 AND IF YOU HAVE MULTIPLE uNIfI AP/Nodses in your setup, can control how/where bandwidth is allocated and the priority of devices/nodes that are unique to your own deployment.

The dashboard features a grouped UI and analytics overview that allows you to see the price traffic that is going into a physical LAN, grouped VLAN or just a single devices on the network – allowing you to see the sites/services/geo data in real time too!

And likewise as before, you can extent these analytics all the way to the root UDR7 router to see EVERYTHING happening in realtime in your network and internet connectivity.

Blacklisting (and whitelisting occasionally) or certain websites is also easy to action manually when needed too – or you can import an existing database of ‘bad’ site lists directly into the UDR7 to simplify the process.

Once rules, priorities, orders of services and limits have been created, you can then apply them to individual devices, networks, groups, vLANS, etc – even to a physical LAN port if needed. These rules are completely customizable and if 1 parameter is changed on the fly, it immediately actions across all selected devices.

It’s also worth highlighting that UniFi has its own enterprise user identity service (‘Identity Endpoint’) that you can apply to devices if you want to ensure that connected devices on the LAN or WAN are truly secure (client auth tools on each device) and this extends to the VPN and UniFi network client device access too.

I also should stress that although the UDR7 seems like a very, VERY proprietary router – UniFi do NOT lock you into having to create an account with them or use only their services. You can set the system up for LOCAL ONLY management and control if you choose. Or even hybrid the two and create 1 secure ‘Identity Endpoint sys admin’, but others are ‘local’ only – nice balance tbh.

And new users (super user or billy basic!) can be created, modified and deleted at any time!

Control and configuration of the UDR7 are very straight forward and there are pretty high end configuration options in the backend of the system to control both the local network setup, as well as WiFi connectivity out the box (or added later in the case of systems like the UCG Fiber via the U7/U7 Pro/U6).

And professional SI’s/Technicians can set the system to ‘truly open’ if they wish, and this can be securely controlled as needed. This allows for opening up frequencies in the case of a WiFi setup down the road and advanced settings related to antenna gain/adaption.

The system configuration and control are surprisingly extensive for a $279 router and puts it well, well into the realms of an enterprise-grade solution, despite its Prosumer/SMB price point.

Unsurprisingly, the UDR7 has internet speed test tools (either using the native web browser GUI or the WiFiman application for Android/iOS).

But its goes further, with the ability to monitor the packet management in your network (covered earlier) to such as extent that you can even block the server calls to specific sites/vendors that are going through the UniFi manager and block them SPECIFICALLY. Eg, want to keep google services, but NOT YouTube (either for work/professional reasons, or because of your kids homework deadline?) – you can do that REALLY easily.

And you can apply these rules easily and analytics with ease via the topographical network monitoring window. So you can visually see the devices in the network, then apply the rules, in case a new device gets sneakily added to circumnavigate any limits/restricts in palce.

And if you see a sudden spike in internet use, you can (in seconds) isolate the device that is causing it AND see what it is – allowing yo to block/monitor as needed.

Equally, you can set some pretty extensive security provisions to pre-emptively kick in when an unknown device arrives on the scene, or if an existing device in the network begins to be suspicious.

The same goes for creating day 1/100 rules for port forwarding, traffic management and Firewall rules. All of this is HUGELY customizable and most pages in the UniFi GUI feature both ‘simple/easy’ views, as well as much more complex advanced views as needed at the top of each page.

The multiple LAN ports can also be scaled up/down as needed if your existing network is not quite ready for the full network connectivity of the UDR7 too.

And thanks to the UDR7 featuring multiple WAN ports, you can decide how you want to handle multiple ISP services into your home/business, to separate/combine/balance between them with ease across your connected devices.

Additionally, each WAN port can be adjusted to a ‘WAN’ or ‘LAN’ roles as needed – even disabled. So, whether it is as a failover internet connection, or that you want to free up that 10GbE port for use as a LAN – The choice is yours!

Also, as mentioned earlier, as the system supported internal storage via the slot, you can go ahead and run UniFi Protect surveillance software too – as well as as an additional switch to the available LAN ports, for cameras or add a camera to the POE port.

There are actually several different surveillance, communications, display or smart appliances in the UniFi portfolio that can be installed on the internet storage drive + also means you have more scope for that POE ready port.

It gets to a point (perhaps) that there are TOO many security and configuration options, and people looking for just a router to ‘just do it’s job’ will be somewhat overwhelmed. Most of the important settings are already set pretty well, but I never the less recommend first time buyers take the time to explore the configuration options present in order to better understand what they are buying here in terms of it’s abilities to protect your network and internet services.

This extends right the way down to the more advanced prevention and intrusion protection measures (Dark Web blocking too). Again, pretty advanced for many, but take the time to look through them if you purchase the UDR7.

And if in doubt, you can use the UniFi Teleport VPN service to anonymize your site-to-site exchanges (again, very ‘first party’ and more about SD-WAN level stuff, but does form part of the purchase here).

Also, keep in mind that the UDR7 has the option to create Airgaps in it’s wired network AND WiFi connectivity (if you want to add that) that allows you to create automated access times – especially useful for businesses who want to lock down access outside of the usual 9-5 operational hours.

If you want to use WiFi services, yo can create multiple SSIDs of varying degrees of access – and yes, all the controls on security, speed, antenna, frequency, vLAN, etc are all present here too.

When creating those VLANS, you can add specific physical ports, IDs, WiFi APs etc to that vLAN to segregate your network as securely as possible.

And from there you can adjust the vLAN configuration in terms of it’s smooth operation and security directly from the network management panel (as well as view all active vLANS on one page if needed to see how they interact/clash + show each device you have moved in/out of them easily.

And again, all packet management/monitoring are available within the vLAN if you need.

If this all sounds tremendously intimidating, there is a much, MUCH easier 1 panel view in the ‘Insights’ tab that just shows each current network branch and it’s connections/clients in a list format.

Not good enough? How about a global view that shows the data packet exchange in real time with regard to each region (i.e worried that your data is being harvested to an overseas location, this will show you which countries are currently connected with on your UDR7 for upload/download (websites? server? It’s easy to check and find out here!).

Bottom line – the bulk of the UniFi Control Software here is available on the majority of UniFi Router, Express, Cloud Gateway and Dream Machine devices – but the EXTENT to which you can use it is heavily dependent on the device you buy. In the case of the UDR7, you have a fantastic balance of Day 1 control sure, but you have an even better management and scalability on the system for when your ISP services double/triple, as well as the number of devices in your network expand.

UniFi Dream Router 7 Review – Conclusion and Verdict

The UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR 7) is a well-rounded offering that brings WiFi 7 connectivity, multi-gig networking, and UniFi’s robust software ecosystem into a single package. Its combination of 2.5GbE LAN ports, a 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN port, and built-in UniFi network management tools make it a compelling option for users looking to future-proof their network without stepping into enterprise pricing. Features such as VLAN segmentation, VPN support, and content filtering provide a high level of customization for both home and small business users. However, the router’s design choices—such as the removal of an additional PoE port from its predecessor—may limit its appeal for those heavily invested in UniFi’s surveillance ecosystem.

While the UDR 7 shines in many areas, it is not without drawbacks. The router’s software, while feature-rich and highly configurable, may be overwhelming for users who simply want a plug-and-play experience. The reliance on UniFi’s ecosystem means that those who prefer third-party integrations may not fully benefit from its capabilities. Additionally, despite its strong WiFi 7 performance, the real-world benefits of the 6GHz band will depend on device compatibility and regulatory limitations, which are still evolving. The absence of more detailed LED indicators and the reliance on a single PoE port may also be seen as minor inconveniences for users who expected more from this mid-range offering.

Overall, the UniFi Dream Router 7 offers an excellent balance of performance, features, and pricing, making it a solid choice for users looking to upgrade to WiFi 7 and multi-gig networking. Its strong hardware, extensive software options, and future-proofing potential make it a standout option in the sub-$300 price range. However, its best value is realized within a UniFi-centric network, and those seeking broader third-party compatibility or simpler setups may need to weigh their options carefully.

PROS CONS
  • WiFi 7 Support – Offers 2×2 6GHz connectivity with 320MHz channels, enabling faster speeds and lower latency.
  • Multi-Gig Networking – Includes three 2.5GbE LAN ports and a 10GbE SFP+ WAN/LAN port, making it highly future-proof.
  • Comprehensive UniFi Software – Provides robust network management features, including VLANs, QoS, IDS/IPS security, and VPN support.
  • Integrated UniFi Protect Support – Comes with a pre-installed 64GB WD Purple SD card, allowing local video storage for security cameras.
  • Flexible WAN/LAN Configurations – Supports dual WAN for failover or load balancing, or repurposing the 10GbE SFP+ port as LAN.
  • High Customization & Security – Offers advanced firewall controls, application-aware filtering, and in-depth traffic analytics.
  • User-Friendly Mobile App – Easy setup and management via the UniFi mobile app, with intuitive controls and real-time monitoring.
  • No UI.com Account Required – Can be set up locally without requiring an online UniFi account, providing more control over network privacy.
  • Limited PoE Support – Only includes one PoE-enabled 2.5GbE port, which may be a drawback for users looking to power multiple UniFi cameras or access points.
  • 6GHz Band Availability Varies by Region – While WiFi 7 delivers significant improvements, the 6GHz spectrum and 320MHz channels may not be fully available in all areas, limiting real-world performance.
  • Not the Most Budget-Friendly Option – Although competitively priced for a WiFi 7 router, there are still more cost-effective alternatives on the market, especially for users who don’t need UniFi’s ecosystem.

Where to Buy

UniFi Dream Router 7 (UDR7) –  $279 HERE 

UniFi Express 7 (UX7) –$199 HERE 

UniFi Cloud Gateway Fiber (UCG-FIBER) – $249 HERE

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

You DO NOT Need a NAS – Here is Why

Par : Rob Andrews
24 février 2025 à 18:00

Why NAS Drives are NOT for Everyone – 5 Reasons You Do Not Need a NAS

Network Attached Storage (NAS) is often promoted as the ideal solution for data management, offering advantages like local control, redundancy, and flexible access. However, while NAS has many benefits, it is not the right choice for everyone. Depending on individual needs, alternatives such as cloud storage or Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) may provide a simpler, more cost-effective, or more practical solution. This article explores five key reasons why a NAS may not be the best choice for certain users. From the convenience of cloud storage to the high upfront costs of NAS devices, we will break down the potential drawbacks and alternative solutions that might better fit specific use cases. Understanding these factors can help users make an informed decision about their storage needs.

Disclaimer – NAS devices provide a robust and flexible storage solution, but they are not necessary for all users. Those with simpler storage needs—such as single-device backups or direct file access—may find that a Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) device better meets their requirements. External hard drives and SSDs offer straightforward, cost-effective alternatives without the complexity of network management. Cloud storage remains a convenient and accessible option, particularly for those who need remote access without dealing with hardware setup. While it comes with long-term costs and data security considerations, cloud services offer ease of use and automation that may be preferable for some users. Additionally, a hybrid NAS and cloud approach can provide the best of both worlds, allowing users to maintain local storage while leveraging cloud redundancy for added backup security and accessibility. Choosing the right storage solution depends on specific use cases, technical expertise, and long-term data management goals.


1. The Convenience of Cloud Storage is Unquestionable

One of the primary reasons a NAS may not be necessary for some users is the convenience of cloud storage. Services like Google Drive, Dropbox, OneDrive, and iCloud offer instant accessibility, making it easy to store, sync, and retrieve files from any internet-connected device. Unlike NAS, which requires setup, configuration, and ongoing maintenance, cloud storage is designed to be user-friendly. Users can simply sign up, upload files, and access them from anywhere, without needing to worry about network configurations, remote access tunnels, or firewall adjustments. This simplicity makes cloud storage an appealing option for users who want a hassle-free experience without managing hardware.

Beyond ease of use, cloud services are also optimized for redundancy and failover protection, ensuring that data remains safe and accessible even if hardware failures occur on the provider’s end. Large-scale cloud platforms have multiple data centers worldwide, meaning that even in the event of a regional outage, files remain available from alternative locations. Cloud storage is particularly advantageous for those who travel frequently or work remotely, as accessing a NAS over the internet can introduce latency, security challenges, and connectivity issues. For example, transferring large files to a NAS while on the road may require complex VPN configurations and reliable internet access, whereas cloud storage offers seamless access without any additional setup. This makes cloud storage a more practical choice for users who prioritize mobility and convenience over local ownership.

Example of the complexity of a NAS to Cloud Sync:


2. Simplicity of Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) for Single Users vs NAS is Indisputable

For individuals who primarily work from a single device, a NAS may be unnecessary and even overcomplicated. A Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) device—such as an external hard drive, SSD, or even a RAID-configured DAS—provides a more straightforward and often more cost-effective solution. Unlike NAS, which requires a network connection and some level of system administration, a DAS device simply connects directly to a computer via USB, Thunderbolt, or eSATA and is ready to use instantly. This plug-and-play functionality makes DAS ideal for users who just need additional storage or a backup solution without any complexity.

DAS also offers direct hardware integration with professional applications, making it a preferred choice for photographers, video editors, and graphic designers. Many creative professionals rely on high-speed DAS devices because they provide lower latency and faster data transfer rates than a network-based NAS. A high-speed Thunderbolt RAID array, for example, can provide much faster read and write speeds than a NAS connected via 1GbE or even 2.5GbE networking. Additionally, for users who need to transfer large amounts of data quickly, physically shipping an external drive remains a viable and often faster option than uploading terabytes of data to a NAS remotely. If a user primarily works from one computer and does not need network-based file access, a DAS setup can be a much more practical and efficient choice than investing in a NAS.


3. Cloud and DAS = Lower Power Consumption and Long-Term Operating Costs

One often overlooked factor when deciding on a NAS is its ongoing power consumption. Unlike DAS devices, which only require power when in use, a NAS typically runs 24/7, constantly consuming electricity even when idle. While modern NAS devices offer power-saving features such as scheduled shutdowns and sleep modes, they still draw more power than a simple external hard drive. This can be a concern for users in areas with high electricity costs, those who live in mobile homes, or people who rely on solar or backup power sources. Over the course of a year, the difference in power consumption between a NAS and a simple external drive can add up, making it an important consideration for budget-conscious users.

Example of Power Consumption of a 6-Bay NAS with 6x HDD and 2x SSD (Intel N305 i3 CPU):

Beyond electricity costs, there’s also the issue of long-term maintenance. Hard drives inside a NAS are designed to run continuously, meaning they wear out faster compared to drives that are powered on only when needed. Each mechanical hard drive has a limited number of operational hours before failure becomes more likely. In contrast, an external hard drive that is only used periodically for backups can last much longer. Additionally, NAS devices require ongoing software updates, security patches, and general monitoring to function optimally. For users who do not want to deal with the responsibility of maintaining a dedicated storage system, a NAS may be more trouble than it’s worth, especially when compared to simpler alternatives like external hard drives or cloud storage.

Example of Noise Level of a 4x HDD and 2x SSD NAS (Lincstation S1 NAS):


4. Cloud Mean Avoiding Vendor Lock-in and Data Migration Challenges

NAS systems operate as full-fledged computing devices with their own proprietary operating systems, which can make migrating data between different NAS brands or platforms a challenge. For example, if a user sets up a Synology NAS and later wants to switch to a QNAP or another brand, they may encounter significant roadblocks in moving their existing file structures, metadata, and system settings. Unlike traditional external storage solutions that use universal formats like NTFS, exFAT, or APFS, NAS devices often use specialized file systems optimized for their specific ecosystems. This means that simply swapping out drives between NAS brands is not always possible without extensive data transfers and reconfigurations.

In contrast, DAS devices and cloud storage solutions provide more flexibility for users who may need to migrate their data in the future. A USB hard drive can be connected to any computer with minimal effort, and cloud services typically offer built-in tools to migrate data between providers. Additionally, NAS users often rely on specific applications and configurations tied to their system, making it more difficult to transition to a different storage solution later. While there are workarounds—such as using standard file transfer protocols like SMB or FTP—these solutions require extra time and effort, which may not be practical for users who need a simple and easily portable storage option. For those who value long-term flexibility, avoiding NAS vendor lock-in may be a more prudent choice.


5. NAS = High Initial Costs and Uncertain Return on Investment for Some

Perhaps the most significant reason some users should avoid a NAS is the cost. Compared to external storage solutions, NAS devices are considerably more expensive, especially when factoring in the price of both the NAS enclosure and the hard drives required to populate it. Even budget NAS devices start at a few hundred dollars, and higher-end models with advanced features can cost well over $1,000, not including the drives. When comparing cost per terabyte, NAS drives are generally more expensive than external USB drives due to their enhanced durability and NAS-optimized firmware. For users who do not need advanced features like RAID redundancy, Docker applications, or network-wide accessibility, the extra cost of a NAS may not be justifiable.

Beyond the initial purchase, users must also consider the long-term costs associated with NAS ownership. Hard drives wear out over time and will eventually need to be replaced, adding to the overall expense. Additionally, while NAS devices provide a wide range of powerful features, many users may not fully utilize them. If someone only needs basic storage and backup capabilities, a NAS might be an unnecessary investment, and they may be better off with a simple DAS setup or cloud-based storage solution. Before committing to a NAS, potential buyers should carefully evaluate whether they will take full advantage of its features or if a more affordable and straightforward alternative would better suit their needs.


While NAS devices offer powerful features and advantages for data management, they are not always the most practical option. For users who prioritize convenience, cloud storage may be a better fit. Those who work primarily from a single device may find a Direct-Attached Storage (DAS) setup more efficient. Additionally, factors such as power consumption, vendor lock-in, and long-term costs should all be carefully considered before investing in a NAS. Ultimately, the best storage solution depends on individual requirements. A NAS can be a great investment for those who need centralized, multi-user access and advanced functionality, but it is not the only option. Evaluating storage needs based on cost, performance, and ease of use will help determine whether a NAS is the right fit or if an alternative solution would be more suitable.

Recommended NAS Solutions Based on Data Storage Needs:

Budget NAS for a Family or Small Data Storage Solution – The Synology BeeStation 4TB

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

Synology has clearly done their homework on the development and presentation of the BeeStation private cloud. They are targeting a whole new audience with this system, and therefore, criticisms based on experiences with their other hardware are likely to fall on deaf ears. The BeeStation is probably one of the best middle grounds I have ever seen between an easy-to-use and exceptionally easy-to-set-up private cloud system, while still managing to provide smooth and seamless features for accessing and sharing your private cloud’s storage securely. Looking at this system with a more network-savvy microscope kind of defeats the point, and I’ve tried to be fair in my assessment. The lack of LAN access by default seems a little odd, and launching the BeeStation series in this single-bay, 4TB-only fashion may be a bit of a marketing misstep, but overall, what you’re seeing here is an effectively priced and scaled private cloud system. It’s a fantastic alternative to third-party clouds and existing simplified NAS systems. With many users keeping an eye on their budgets and tightening costs, Synology, known for its premium position in the market, had a challenge scaling down to this kind of user. However, I have to applaud Synology’s R&D for creating a simple and easy-to-use personal cloud solution that still carries a lot of their charm and great software reputation. It may not be as feature-rich as DSM, but BSM does exactly what it says it will do, and I think the target audience it’s designed for will enjoy the BeeStation a great deal!

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Best Value Business NAS – The UniFi UNAS Pro 10GbE Rackmount

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

I feel like a bit of a broken record in this review, and I keep repeating the same two words in conjunction with the UniFi UNAS Pro—fundamentals and consistency! It’s pretty clear that UniFi has prioritized the need for this system to perfectly complement their existing UniFi ecosystem and make it a true part of their hardware portfolio. In doing so, it has resulted in them focusing considerably on the fundamental storage requirements of a NAS system and making sure that these are as good as they possibly can be out of the gate. To this end, I would say that UniFi has unquestionably succeeded. The cracks in the surface begin once you start comparing this system with other offerings in the market right now—which is inevitably what users are going to do and have been doing since the first indications of a UniFi NAS system were being rumored. It may seem tremendously unfair to compare the newly released UniFi NAS with solutions from vendors that have had more than 20 years of experience in this field, but for a business that wants to fully detach themselves from the cloud and wants true user-friendly but highly featured control of their network operations, comparison is inevitable!

 

 

A solid, reliable, and stable system that will inevitably grow into a significant part of most UniFi network users. The problem for many, however, is going to be how long it takes UniFi to reach that point where this system can be software competitive with its rivals. If you are a die-hard UniFi ecosystem user and you are looking for stable, familiar, easy-to-use, and single ecosystem personal/business storage, you are going to love everything about the UniFi UNAS Pro. But just be aware that this is a system that prioritizes storage and is seemingly at its best within an existing UniFi network architecture, and if removed from that network, you are going to find a system that at launch feels quite feature-light compared with alternatives in the market. Pricing for the system is surprisingly competitive, given its position as the launch NAS—unusual when you look at the pricing philosophy of numerous larger-scale systems like the UniFi Dream Machine and UNVR from the brand.

Hopefully, over time we are going to see UniFi build upon the solid fundamentals that they have designed here and create a more competitive solution on top of this. I have no doubt that UniFi will commit to software and security updates for this system, but it would be remiss of me to say that this is the best NAS solution for your network. Right now, it just happens to be the most user-friendly and most UniFi-ready one. Bottom line: this will probably tick a lot of boxes.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on UI.com (Official Site)

Best NAS for Photo and Video EDITING – The QNAP TVS-h874 / TVS-h874T

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

In summarizing the capabilities and potential of the QNAP TVS-h874T NAS, released as a late 2023 update to its predecessor, it’s clear that this system represents a significant leap forward in desktop NAS technology. Priced over £2500, it’s a substantial investment, designed with future-proofing in mind. The TVS-h874T not only maintains the longevity and high-end status of the TVS-h874 but also brings to the table enhanced direct data access through Thunderbolt 4 integration. This advancement, supporting IP over Thunderbolt protocol, significantly boosts connectivity and speed, making the system an ideal choice for demanding tasks such as 8K video editing and high-performance computing needs in business environments. However, the question of whether Thunderbolt NAS is the right fit for all users remains. For those requiring high-speed, multi-user access and scalability, the TVS-h874T is a strong contender. Its support for the latest PCIe 4 standards ensures compatibility with high-performance upgrades, reinforcing its position as a future-proof investment. The software, featuring QTS and QuTS, might require some acclimatization, particularly for those familiar with simpler systems like Synology’s DSM. Yet, the benefits, especially for ZFS enthusiasts, are undeniable, offering advanced RAID management and a plethora of applications and services.

The TVS-h874T’s stance on open hardware and software compatibility is a significant plus in an industry increasingly leaning towards proprietary systems. It accommodates a range of third-party hardware and software, adding to its versatility. In the face of growing concerns over NAS security, the system is well-equipped with comprehensive tools and settings for enhanced security and data protection, addressing the pressing issue of ransomware attacks. In conclusion, the QNAP TVS-h874T stands out as an exceptional choice for businesses and power users who require a robust, scalable, and secure NAS solution. It offers an excellent balance of price, performance, and features, making it a worthy investment for those seeking top-tier server-side capabilities. However, for users with simpler storage needs or those not requiring the advanced features of Thunderbolt NAS, traditional Thunderbolt DAS devices might be a more suitable and cost-effective option. The TVS-h874T, with its advanced capabilities, is undoubtedly a powerhouse in NAS technology, but its full benefits will be best realized by those whose requirements align closely with what this advanced system has to offer.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Budget NAS for Multimedia / PLEX – The Terramaster F4-424 Pro

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

The TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS is a powerful 4-bay turnkey NAS system that offers competitive pricing and robust hardware. With its Intel i3 N300 CPU, 32GB DDR5 memory, and 2x M.2 NVMe SSD bays, it provides excellent performance for various tasks, including Plex media streaming and hardware transcoding. In terms of design, the F4-424 Pro features a sleek and modern chassis with improved cooling and hot-swapping capabilities. It represents a significant step forward in design compared to TerraMaster’s older 4-bay models, aligning more closely with industry leaders like Synology and QNAP. The addition of TOS 5 software brings significant improvements in GUI clarity, backup tools, storage configurations, and security features. However, the absence of 10GbE support and limited scalability in this regard might disappoint advanced users. Additionally, while the hardware exceeds Intel’s memory limitations, full utilization of the 32GB DDR5 memory is reliant on Terramaster’s own SODIMM modules, and this could be a limitation for some users. Overall, the TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS offers excellent value for its price, with competitive hardware and software features. It positions itself as a strong contender in the 4-bay NAS market, particularly for those looking for an affordable yet capable private server solution.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

(UPDATED) FAKE/USED SEAGATE IRONWOLF HDDs NOW REPORTED – HOW TO CHECK YOUR DRIVES

Par : Rob Andrews
21 février 2025 à 18:00

‘Used Seagate EXOS HDDs Missold as ‘New – Other Drives Implicated

Now would be a very good time to check any hard drives you’ve purchased in the last 12 to 24 months! Recent reports from popular German news outlet Heise have raised increased reports of refurbished and modified SMART-reported drives being sold as brand new, leading to large concerns of widespread ex-cryptocurrency-burnt drives being sold through trusted business and domestic retailers. Although the scope of the issue seems to be largely focused on Seagate Exos data center-class drives, because of the wide-ranging drives that were used in Chia cryptocurrency mining several years ago, there is an increased likelihood that other large-capacity and high-durability drives should be considered, thanks to the relative ease of firmware modifications and larger quantities of HDDs being resold off the back of 5 year durabilities lines being crossed by the original coin miners!

UPDATED 20/02/25 (video HERE)

Reports are now arriving that Seagate Ironwolf and Ironwolf Pro modified/mis-sold HDDs are now also affected. The extent to this is still too early to confirm, but the latest reports from Heise indicate that 8TB and 16TB HDDs have been highlighted.

Further reports from ComputerBase via a community member fanatiXalpha provided further evidence and indications of this via the images from the original article here:

REAL HDD FAKE HDD

In this video I discuss multiple ways to initially identify issues with a ‘new’ Seagate Ironwolf HDD that do not involve connecting the HDD to a system. Later in this article cover several more methods that require connecting the drive to a NAS or general client system.

Another Example of a Fake HDD from user Busse:

Original Article:


The Missold Hard Drive Issue – TLDR

  • Check Your HDDs – Reports indicate used Seagate Exos hard drives are being sold as new, particularly 12TB-18TB models.

  • Firmware Manipulation – SMART data shows zero usage, but deeper FARM tests reveal 15,000-50,000 hours of prior use.

  • Widespread Issue – Over 200 reports from buyers in Germany, Japan, Australia, and other regions, spanning multiple retailers.

  • Crypto Mining Connection – Many affected drives likely came from Chia cryptocurrency farms (2018-2022) and re-entered the market fraudulently.

  • Tampering in Supply Chain – Drives may have been repackaged and resold by wholesalers and distributors, bypassing Seagate’s official channels.

  • Retailers & Seagate Respond – Some retailers are issuing refunds/exchanges. Seagate denies involvement and is investigating the supply chain breach.

  • Verify Your Drives – Use SMART, FARM, Seatools, and warranty checkers to confirm if your drive is genuine. Report suspicious drives to Seagate and your retailer.


What has been reported on the Seagate EXOS HDD Misselling

Earlier in the year, Heise reported that they had received dozens of reports from users who had purchased brand-new, enterprise-class Seagate Exos hard drives, only to find that when receiving the drives, they had scuffs and marks on them that suggested they were used—and used en masse. Further investigation of the hard drives using popular firmware tools initially showed that the drives’ SMART data was indicating little to no power-on usage. However, deeper investigation with deeper drive tools went on to reveal that the firmware had been manually adjusted to hide the tens of thousands of hours that these drives had already accrued in use.

Usage on drives has varied from between 15,000 hours and 50,000 hours, well over five years of deployment and well outside the warranty and workload rating on these drives in most cases. What is interesting though, is that retailers that have been impacted by this, and in fact a wide-ranging number of German retailers, have been highlighted as sources of these drives. However, reported issues span outside of Germany and include claims from purchases made in Japan, Australia, and other parts of Europe.

Fingers are initially being pointed at wholesalers, large-scale resellers, and distributors who supply the traditional retail and e-commerce websites that most users would be eligible to purchase from. Depending on the retailer, and several have already been highlighted in the now over 200 reports submitted to Heise, the returns and RMA process does differ from site to site, but this does appear to be a growing issue that most users will not even realize they have been hit by unless they take the time to investigate the usage data on their drives.

Primarily, Chia crypto farming has been highlighted as the origin of most of these drives, with huge quantities of large-capacity data center drives being purchased in 2018 to 2022, when this emerging and less GPU-centric form of cryptocurrency was being mined. Brands such as Seagate, WD, and Toshiba saw extraordinarily high sales numbers during this period for these drives, and equally, domestic users ended up being negatively impacted by supply shortages and price hikes. It seems that a lot of these drives that have either been abandoned from previously pursued cryptocurrency setups or just simply swapped out for ongoing farming have now made their way back into the supply chain under the guise of being regular, new, out-of-the-box drives!

The distribution channels, wholesalers, and affected e-commerce websites in order to ascertain how these drives have entered the supply chain and to what extent it has happened. They issued the following statement:

“We are taking this matter very seriously and are conducting a thorough investigation. As explained in the previous statement, Seagate did not sell or distribute these drives to retailers. We cannot provide details of the ongoing investigation, but we suspect that these drives are new products that Seagate sold to customers and were later resold by them on the used market. In this case, we believe that the drives were remarketed somewhere in the used market supply chain and resold as new. We recommend that retailers only purchase drives from certified Seagate distribution partners, as purchasing from certified Seagate distribution partners is the best way to ensure the authenticity of Seagate products for retailers and their customers.

Seagate has processes in place to investigate these types of cases, with teams working proactively with our vendors to take action where necessary. Our security team also regularly works with local authorities to take necessary action. Many investigations are initiated based on anonymous tips and reports from partners and customers. These measures are designed to protect Seagate partners and end customers in an increasingly global marketplace.

We encourage anyone who suspects they have received a used drive marketed as new to help with the investigation by reporting the incident to us directly at [email protected] . In addition, customers who have doubts about whether the products they purchased match the claims of the sellers can access our warranty checker tool . Suspicious drives and/or sellers can also be reported anonymously through our Ethics Hotline .

We are grateful for the trust our customers have placed in us and are determined to do everything possible to maintain that trust.” – Provided to Heise.de in response to the 200+ HDD Claims HERE 7/2/25


Which Hard Drives are affected/reported?

Currently, the bulk of aggregate reporting of this is going through the Heise website, and a lot of the submissions have been done via their anonymous reporting link, so exact model IDs are hard to track down right now. However, the bulk of the reported mis-sold drives appear to be Seagate Exos drives ranging from 12TB to 18TB. As mentioned earlier, however, the original reporting suggests that other drives have been highlighted by users. Realistically, it’s pretty unlikely that only Exos drives are going to be impacted as such. A wide-ranging procurement took place during the peak of Chia cryptocurrency farming, and pretty much any moderately durable, high-capacity hard drive was changing hands quickly at that time. This all does seemingly indicate right now that a lot of these drives are being offloaded with their firmware modified by one or a handful of bad actors, who likely are sitting on high quantities of the same hard drives. However, it would not surprise me whatsoever if over the coming months and years, we see spikes on affected drives outside of the Seagate Exos data center series.


How Can I Check If My Drives Were Mis-Sold as New?

Tools:

  • Putty Download Tools HERE
  • Seatools (PC/Linux) HERE
  • Smartmontools HERE
  • DriveDX for Mac HERE

There are multiple ways to check whether the hard drive inside your system, which you purchased as brand new, is actually new. However, the suitability of each tool will depend heavily on the system type and operating system your drive is running on. Seagate’s Seatools application allows you to check and validate multiple data points on your hard drives. However, it is only available as a Windows or Linux client, as well as a portable version. That means Mac users, or those less comfortable with command-line tools, may find it difficult to use—not to mention users who have multiple drives deployed in systems without a suitable GUI or command-line interface for validity checks. Below, I’ve broken down recommended tools and commands that you can use to verify your drives, their power-on hours, and other critical details.

How NAS users can Check and Verify the usage of the HDDs:

NAS users who suspect their drives may have been mis-sold as new can verify their SMART data and power-on hours using various tools. Most NAS operating systems, including Synology DSM, QNAP QTS, TrueNAS, and UnRAID, have built-in SMART monitoring tools within their storage manager or disk health sections. These tools provide essential SMART attributes, including Power-On Hours (POH), Reallocated Sectors, and Drive Temperature. However, in some cases, the SMART data may have been manipulated to show zero usage, making further verification necessary.

For deeper analysis, users can SSH into their NAS and install smartmontools, a command-line utility that provides detailed drive health reports. Running the command:

smartctl -a /dev/sdX

(where X is the drive identifier) will display all SMART attributes, including power-on hours. However, if the SMART data has been reset or manipulated, users can check the FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values for a more accurate picture of a drive’s actual usage history. To retrieve FARM values, NAS users can use:

smartctl -l farm /dev/sdX

This will reveal true power-on hours, drive usage patterns, and whether a drive has been extensively used before being reintroduced into the supply chain.

For those using QNAP or Synology NAS devices without direct access to smartmontools, Seagate’s Seatools (Windows/Linux) can be used by connecting the drives externally via a USB or SATA dock. Additionally, Seagate’s warranty checker tool allows users to verify if their drive was originally part of a multi-drive batch—a red flag that it may have been previously used in a server or data center environment.


How NAS Users Can Check SMART Data and Power-On Hours Over SSH (Including FARM Values for Verification & Integration with Smartmontools)

NAS users with SSH access can perform a deeper, more accurate verification of their hard drives’ SMART data and power-on hours to detect possible tampering. While many NAS systems, such as Synology DSM, QNAP QTS, TrueNAS, and UnRAID, provide built-in SMART monitoring via their web interface, these tools often rely on basic SMART queries, which may not reveal manipulated or reset power-on hours. By accessing the NAS via SSH, users can run Smartmontools directly, allowing them to extract FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values, which are not included in standard SMART logs.

To begin, users should SSH into their NAS and install Smartmontools if it is not already available. On Debian-based NAS systems (such as OpenMediaVault, TrueNAS SCALE, and some QNAP models running Debian Linux), install Smartmontools with:

sudo apt update && sudo apt install smartmontools

On Red Hat-based systems, use:

sudo yum install smartmontools

For NAS systems that do not allow package installations, users can still manually compile Smartmontools or install a Docker container that includes the tool.

Once Smartmontools is installed, running the command:

smartctl -a /dev/sdX

(replacing X with the correct drive identifier) will display SMART attributes, including Power-On Hours (POH). However, since bad actors can manipulate SMART data to show zero hours, users should perform an additional FARM query with:

smartctl -l farm /dev/sdX

Unlike SMART power-on hours, which can be reset, FARM values track long-term reliability metrics stored at a deeper firmware level, making them much harder to falsify. If there is a discrepancy between SMART-reported power-on hours and FARM-reported power-on hours, it strongly suggests that the drive has been used before but was manipulated to appear new.

Integrating Smartmontools into a NAS for Automated Checks

To automate drive health monitoring, NAS users can schedule periodic SMART and FARM scans using cron jobs or integrate them with the NAS system’s notification service.

  1. Create a SMART Monitoring Script
    Users can create a simple script to check SMART and FARM values for all installed drives and log the results.

#!/bin/bash

LOGFILE=”/var/log/smart_check.log”

echo “SMART Check – $(date)” >> $LOGFILE

for DRIVE in /dev/sd[a-z]; do

    echo “Checking $DRIVE…” >> $LOGFILE

    smartctl -a $DRIVE >> $LOGFILE

    smartctl -l farm $DRIVE >> $LOGFILE

done

Save this script as smart_check.sh and make it executable:

chmod +x smart_check.sh

2. Schedule Automated Checks with Cron
Users can schedule the script to run daily or weekly using cron.
Open the cron editor:

crontab -e

Add a line to run the script every day at 2 AM:

0 2 * * * /path/to/smart_check.sh

Set Up Email Alerts for Failures
To receive email alerts if issues are detected, modify the script to check for critical SMART attributes and send an email if problems are found:

#!/bin/bash
LOGFILE=”/var/log/smart_check.log”
EMAIL=”[email protected]
echo “SMART Check – $(date)” >> $LOGFILE
for DRIVE in /dev/sd[a-z]; do
    smartctl -a $DRIVE | tee -a $LOGFILE | grep -i “Pre-fail\|Reallocated_Sector_Ct\|Power_On_Hours”
    smartctl -l farm $DRIVE >> $LOGFILE
done
# Email log if issues detected
if grep -q “Pre-fail\|Reallocated_Sector_Ct” $LOGFILE; then
    mail -s “SMART Error Detected on NAS” $EMAIL < $LOGFILE
fi

By leveraging SSH, Smartmontools, and automated monitoring, NAS users can go beyond surface-level diagnostics and ensure they are not just scraping the same potentially manipulated data, but actually verifying their drives’ true usage history.


How Desktop Windows users can Check and Verify the usage of the HDDs:

Desktop users can verify the SMART information and power-on hours of their hard drives using several tools, including Smartmontools 7.4+, CrystalDiskInfo, and Seagate’s Seatools. The easiest method is using CrystalDiskInfo, a free GUI-based tool for Windows that displays critical SMART attributes, including Power-On Hours (POH), Reallocated Sectors, and Drive Health Status. However, if a drive has been tampered with, its SMART data may have been reset, making further verification necessary.

For deeper inspection, users can install Smartmontools 7.4 or later, which provides advanced diagnostics, including FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values, which can reveal the drive’s true runtime history. To check SMART data, open a command prompt (or terminal in Linux/macOS) and run:

smartctl -a /dev/sdX

(replacing X with the correct drive letter) to view detailed SMART attributes. If the reported power-on hours seem too low or suspiciously reset, users can retrieve FARM values by running:

smartctl -l farm /dev/sdX

This command will reveal the actual power-on hours and potential prior usage, even if the SMART data was modified.

Alternatively, Seagate’s Seatools (available for Windows and Linux) can run extended drive diagnostics, check SMART status, and validate warranty details. Users can also enter their drive’s serial number into Seagate’s warranty checker tool to confirm if the drive was originally sold as part of a batch, which may indicate prior data center or enterprise use.


How Mac users can Check and Verify the usage of the HDDs:

Mac users can verify SMART data and power-on hours using Smartmontools 7.4+, Seagate’s Seatools for Linux (via a bootable drive), and third-party macOS utilities like DriveDx. Since macOS does not provide built-in SMART monitoring tools, users need to install Smartmontools via Homebrew by running:

brew install smartmontools

Once installed, users can check SMART attributes, including power-on hours (POH), by opening Terminal and running:

smartctl -a /dev/diskX

(replacing X with the correct disk identifier, which can be found using diskutil list). If the reported power-on hours appear suspiciously low, users can retrieve FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values by running:

smartctl -l farm /dev/diskX

This will reveal the true runtime history of the drive, even if the SMART data was manipulated to show zero or low usage.

For users who prefer a graphical interface, DriveDx is a third-party macOS tool that provides SMART data, health status, and power-on hours. However, DriveDx does not display FARM values, so Smartmontools remains the best option for deeper diagnostics.

Since Seagate’s Seatools is not available for macOS, users can create a bootable USB drive with a Linux live environment (such as Ubuntu), run Seatools from there, and check the drive’s SMART health and warranty status. Additionally, Mac users can enter their drive’s serial number into Seagate’s online warranty checker to confirm if the drive was originally part of a batch sale, which may indicate prior enterprise use.

It’s important to note that depending on your system, the directory paths and identifiers for your drives will vary significantly. So, even if 100 users all had the same hard drive model, if they deployed them in different NAS brands, desktop OSs, or even external enclosures, the directory paths and device names would be different. Keep that in mind.


Are only Seagate EXOS Hard Drives Affected?

The Exos series drives appear to be taking the brunt of the reporting here. Realistically, if this flood of dubiously classified new drives is true, then the Exos series is definitely not going to be the only drives impacted by this. Moreover, Seagate was not the only hard drive manufacturer that was pumping out large-capacity hard drives at 12TB, 14TB, 16TB, and 18TB during the peak of this particular crypto-mining industry change! I think it is only now, thanks to the correlation of reports by Heise, that any kind of through-line has been found that specifically targets one hard drive brand or model series. At best, it really comes down to the bad actors who are modifying the firmware on these drives having the financial incentive to do so on a larger scale on a different hard drive series that they happen to have their hands on. The modification process of the onboard firmware and SMART data on Seagate drives is largely identical to that of the process on WD or Toshiba hard drives, and therefore, it really once again comes down to a question of correlating reports of these fake new drives all being collected together.


How Has This Happened? How Did Used Hard Drives Enter the Supply Chain?

You might not know, but when you purchase a hard drive from your local retailer, that retailer almost certainly does not directly receive their stock of hard drives from the hard drive manufacturer in question. Ordinarily, hard drives, like a lot of electrical components, have a pre-established supply chain that retailers and e-commerce websites have to follow when selling their goods. With the exception of OEM companies who can buy from further up the chain and cloud/data centers like AWS and Google who can even buy right from the top, there are technically four layers in the supply chain of hard drives.

  1. The first part of the supply chain is the hard drive manufacturer itself, in this case, Seagate Technology, which manufactures the hard drives at one of its production facilities in numerous locations around the world.
  2. The next step in the supply chain is the Regional Distribution Centers (RDCs). These are the hubs where the hard drive brand sends its manufactured goods to be distributed to numerous smaller distribution centers across different countries.
  3. The next step is wholesalers and resellers. Sometimes resellers can also act as direct-to-end-user sales points, but the lines can get blurry depending on the quantity or device in question. Nevertheless, the majority of electronics and consumables (including hard drives) cannot be sold directly from this point to an end user and instead need to be funnelled to the final step in the chain—retail shops.
  4. Which brings us to the final step in the chain—traditional retail outlets on the high street and the e-commerce websites you choose to purchase from. These are the ones you’ll be most familiar with, and unfortunately, a lot of these are the same retailers that end users impacted by these mis-sold hard drives have as their initial point of contact.

The issue is that these used hard drives, which are being falsely marketed as new, have been introduced into the supply chain somewhere between steps two and four. Seagate has not had any involvement in their reintroduction into the supply chain. Somewhere along the line, these used drives were inserted into the system, and that is what Seagate is currently investigating. The retail outlet where an affected user purchased the drive has more than likely been completely unaware that they have been selling used drives as new. In most cases, these drives would have arrived in sealed retail packaging, and the retailers would have been reluctant to open up supposedly new products for testing, as doing so would immediately devalue the product in the eyes of their consumer and business buyer base.

Therefore, it is going to take time for Seagate to find the smoking gun and pinpoint which wholesaler, reseller, or distributor allowed these used drives to re-enter the supply chain.


Is Selling Used/Refurbished Hard Drives Illegal?

The sale of used, data center-grade, refurbished, or officially recertified drives is completely legal. Although Seagate, WD, and Toshiba would probably prefer to see the used hard drive market disappear, selling used drives is not illegal.

Many online retailers, including Amazon and Newegg, actively sell recertified and renewed drives—just as easily as brand-new ones.

The problem here is that these were used drives that were fraudulently mis-sold as brand new—and that IS illegal. In short, this is fraud, and the people selling these drives could be pursued for damages if customers lose data due to these drives failing far sooner than expected. That’s why any drive that isn’t new is required to be labeled as recertified, refurbished, or renewed. This ensures clarity for the buyer when making a purchasing decision.

That said, some sellers intentionally make it hard to determine if a drive is refurbished. For example, a Seagate IronWolf 12TB hard drive sold on Amazon’s “previously owned” listings might clearly state that it’s used—but it won’t mention that it was originally manufactured in 2017, meaning it could be 8 years old and already have tens of thousands of hours of prior use. It wouldn’t be so bad if the manufacturing date was displayed at the top of the listing, but instead, it’s buried deep in the product details. Bottom line: Selling used drives is not illegal. Selling used drives under the guise of being brand new is fraud—and highly illegal.


Is This Seagate’s Fault?

In all honesty, one could argue that Seagate is responsible for selling large volumes of high-capacity, data center-class hard drives to the original cryptocurrency farmers. However, this would be no different than selling the drives to any regular SMB, just a question of large-scale volume. Seagate is not responsible or in any way officially authorizing the reselling of its hard drives under the classification of new storage media. Additionally, the official partners that Seagate chooses to sell its goods through have almost certainly sold these drives with as much authentication between them and the distributors/resellers as possible. It could be argued that Seagate should personally step in at the supply chain level further down the chain to periodically check the health and condition of drives—much like a hard drive secret shopper—but that’s really about it. Right now, as long as Seagate commits to investigating how this occurred and acts upon what they find to ensure that mis-sold drives don’t enter the supply chain again, that’s about as far as I think this can go in terms of blaming Seagate. Realistically, we can’t lose sight of the fact that it is the fault of the bad actors who modified these hard drives in an effort to recover the original money spent on them before Chia farming collapsed. Wherever the entry point was that allowed these drives to re-enter the supply chain, that is what needs to be identified and stopped.


What Should I Do if I Believe my HDD was Missold?

If you believe that the hard drive in your NAS, server, or storage system was mis-sold to you as a brand-new drive when in fact it was heavily used, you need to contact your point of sale immediately. Tools such as Seagate’s own warranty checker allow you to enter the serial number of your hard drive into their database checker. Regardless of whether your hard drive is still under warranty, it will still highlight whether this is an official drive or not. Additionally, if you purchased a single drive that was sold as new, but upon entering the details into the warranty checker on Seagate’s website shows that this drive was part of a larger batch, this would imply that the drive you purchased was originally included in a larger server system previously—not unlike how a food or drink product is labeled as part of a multipack and not for individual resale. If a single drive that you purchased as brand-new is listed as originally part of a multi-drive system, it is highly recommended that you contact your retailer and/or raise this with Seagate directly for further investigation.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

You NEED A NAS – Time To Ditch the Cloud

Par : Rob Andrews
19 février 2025 à 18:00

You NEED A NAS Drive – And Here Is Why

In today’s digital world, data storage plays a crucial role in both personal and professional environments. Many individuals and businesses rely on cloud storage for convenience, but it’s not always the best option. While cloud services provide accessibility and automation, they come with limitations, including long-term costs, security concerns, and restrictions on data ownership. For those who value control over their files, a Network Attached Storage (NAS) device offers a compelling alternative. This article explores five key reasons why a NAS can be a better choice for data management compared to cloud storage. From total data ownership to long-term cost savings, we examine how NAS devices provide more flexibility, security, and performance for those looking to store and access their data efficiently.

Disclaimer!

While NAS devices offer significant advantages in terms of data ownership, security, and long-term cost efficiency, they are not the ideal solution for everyone. Users with simpler storage needs, such as those requiring direct, high-speed access to a single device, may find that a Direct Attached Storage (DAS) setup better suits their requirements without the additional complexity of network management.

Additionally, cloud storage remains a convenient and accessible option, particularly for those who need a quick and automated solution without the upfront cost of dedicated hardware. Cloud services provide seamless access from anywhere and can be a great short-term or supplementary storage method. For many users, a hybrid approach—combining NAS with cloud storage—strikes the right balance. This setup allows users to enjoy the accessibility of the cloud while benefiting from the control and security of a NAS, particularly when implementing structured backup routines. Each storage solution has its strengths, and the best choice depends on individual needs and use cases.


1. A NAS Server = Total Data Ownership

Owning a NAS (Network Attached Storage) means complete control over your data, something that cloud storage simply cannot provide. When you use cloud services, you are essentially handing over your files to a third party, entrusting them to manage and store your data. While this is convenient, it also introduces several risks, including data breaches, sudden policy changes, or service discontinuations. Many cloud providers state in their terms of service that they reserve the right to scan, analyze, or even remove content that violates their policies, which can be vague and subject to interpretation. A NAS eliminates this uncertainty by giving you full ownership—your data resides physically in your home or office, and no one but you determines what happens to it.

Beyond ownership, NAS systems offer better control over data distribution. You decide where backups are stored, how often they occur, and who has access. This is especially important for photographers, videographers, and businesses that require compliance with strict data protection regulations, such as GDPR or HIPAA. For example, a small business handling client records can store sensitive customer data on an encrypted NAS, ensuring compliance without relying on cloud providers that may store files in different jurisdictions. Another key advantage is preventing data from being used to train AI models or sold to advertisers—something that is an increasing concern with major tech companies. Owning a NAS ensures that your data is truly private, unmonitored, and secure from external influences.


2. A NAS Means Bespoke Security Settings

Cloud providers implement security measures, but these are designed for general use, meaning they cannot be customized to fit specific needs. While cloud services offer encryption, user authentication, and basic access controls, they often lack advanced security features that enterprises or tech-savvy users require. With a NAS, you can tailor security settings at a granular level, ensuring that only the right people can access specific files and folders. You can configure user authentication with two-factor authentication (2FA), enforce strict password policies, and even limit access based on IP addresses or device types. For example, you can allow a work computer to access files but block access from unknown mobile devices, significantly reducing the risk of unauthorized entry.

Additionally, NAS security extends beyond simple user access. If you integrate a NAS with a managed switch and firewall, you can create network segmentation, restricting access to only certain parts of your infrastructure. Air-gapping—a security practice that physically or digitally isolates a device from external networks—can be used to create periods where the NAS is completely inaccessible, making data leaks or cyberattacks virtually impossible. Scheduled access times add another layer of protection, ensuring that even if credentials are compromised, unauthorized users cannot gain entry outside of designated periods. NAS devices also provide real-time security alerts that can be customized to notify administrators about unusual activity, such as multiple failed login attempts, unauthorized file transfers, or new device connections. This kind of tailored security is simply not possible with generic cloud services, making a NAS the superior choice for those who prioritize privacy and control.


3. A NAS Can Mean True Deletion When Needed

Deleting data from cloud storage is not as straightforward as it seems. Most cloud services use a soft-delete approach, meaning that when you delete a file, it isn’t immediately erased. Instead, it is moved to a trash folder where it remains for 30 to 90 days before being automatically purged. Even after this period, many cloud providers create multiple copies of your files across their servers for redundancy, making it difficult to ensure that your data is completely gone. In some cases, metadata or indexed portions of your files may still exist within the provider’s infrastructure, and depending on the terms of service, your data may even be retained for analytics or AI training.

With a NAS, true deletion is possible because you have full control over your data. When you delete a file, it is removed from your storage pool, and if you want absolute certainty, you can use secure erasure tools to overwrite the data multiple times, making recovery impossible. Many NAS systems include built-in data-wiping features that follow Department of Defense (DoD) 5220.22-M standards, ensuring complete removal of sensitive information. For highly sensitive data, you can physically destroy storage drives—a practice commonly used by corporations and government agencies. Some companies specialize in secure drive destruction, ensuring that data cannot be recovered by any means. For personal use, simply reformatting or physically damaging a hard drive provides an additional layer of security. This level of control over data deletion is something that cloud storage cannot match, making NAS the ideal choice for those who need true data removal capabilities.


4. NAS vs Cloud = Cost Savings in the Long Term

At first glance, cloud storage seems like an affordable option. Many services offer free storage up to a certain limit, and paid plans start as low as a few dollars per month. However, the long-term costs can quickly add up. Subscription-based storage models require continuous payments, meaning that over several years, you could spend far more on cloud storage than you would on a one-time NAS purchase. Additionally, most cloud providers offer tiered pricing, meaning that as your storage needs grow, your monthly fees increase significantly. Businesses and content creators with terabytes of data often find themselves paying hundreds of dollars annually just to store their files.

Another hidden cost of cloud storage is data retrieval, known as egress fees. Many cloud providers limit how much data you can download within a given timeframe, and if you exceed this limit, you are charged extra. For example, Amazon S3 and Google Cloud charge egress fees that can quickly add up when transferring large amounts of data. In contrast, a NAS has no such limitations—once you own the device, you can access and transfer files as much as you want without paying additional fees.

If you plan to store data for more than three to five years, a NAS will almost always be the more cost-effective choice. Even budget NAS devices with included hard drives, such as the $199 models with 4TB of storage, offer better long-term value than many cloud subscriptions. Investing in a NAS early ensures that you avoid rising costs while maintaining full control over your data.


5. A NAS (Almost Always) Means Performance and Speed Benefits

Cloud storage is convenient for remote access, but it is heavily dependent on internet speeds, network congestion, and provider limitations. Upload and download speeds are constrained by your ISP, meaning that large file transfers can take hours or even days. Most cloud services also impose bandwidth limits or throttling policies, reducing transfer speeds during peak hours. For users who need fast access to large files—such as video editors, photographers, or IT professionals—cloud performance is simply not sufficient.

A NAS, on the other hand, offers significantly better performance, particularly for local access. Even basic NAS systems with gigabit Ethernet can achieve speeds of 100 MB/s (megabytes per second), far exceeding most cloud transfer rates. Higher-end models support 2.5GbE, 5GbE, or even 10GbE connections, allowing speeds of up to 1,000 MB/s—nearly 100 times faster than standard cloud storage. For example, a team of video editors working with 4K footage can stream and edit files directly from a NAS without any noticeable lag, something that would be impossible with cloud storage due to latency issues. NAS devices also support SSD caching, RAID configurations for redundancy, and multiple simultaneous users, ensuring high performance even under heavy workloads.

Another advantage of NAS is its ability to function as a local media server. Unlike cloud services that require constant internet access and may throttle streaming quality, a NAS can store and stream high-resolution content locally without buffering. This makes it ideal for home theaters, Plex servers, and shared family storage. Businesses can also benefit from NAS performance by hosting internal file-sharing platforms, reducing reliance on slow or expensive cloud-based collaboration tools. In short, NAS outperforms cloud storage in every aspect of speed and efficiency, making it the best choice for users who demand high-speed, reliable access to their files.


While cloud storage remains a popular choice, it is not without drawbacks. Issues such as long-term expenses, limited security customization, and potential data retention concerns make it less than ideal for users who require full control over their files. A NAS, by contrast, provides a dedicated, high-performance storage solution that allows users to take ownership of their data, manage access securely, and benefit from predictable costs over time. Ultimately, whether a NAS or cloud storage is the right choice depends on individual needs. Those looking for convenience and automatic backups may still find value in cloud services, while users who prioritize security, cost efficiency, and local performance will likely benefit from investing in a NAS. Understanding these differences can help individuals and businesses make informed decisions about their data storage strategy.

Recommended NAS Solutions Based on Data Storage Needs:

Budget NAS for a Family or Small Data Storage Solution – The Synology BeeStation 4TB

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

Synology has clearly done their homework on the development and presentation of the BeeStation private cloud. They are targeting a whole new audience with this system, and therefore, criticisms based on experiences with their other hardware are likely to fall on deaf ears. The BeeStation is probably one of the best middle grounds I have ever seen between an easy-to-use and exceptionally easy-to-set-up private cloud system, while still managing to provide smooth and seamless features for accessing and sharing your private cloud’s storage securely. Looking at this system with a more network-savvy microscope kind of defeats the point, and I’ve tried to be fair in my assessment. The lack of LAN access by default seems a little odd, and launching the BeeStation series in this single-bay, 4TB-only fashion may be a bit of a marketing misstep, but overall, what you’re seeing here is an effectively priced and scaled private cloud system. It’s a fantastic alternative to third-party clouds and existing simplified NAS systems. With many users keeping an eye on their budgets and tightening costs, Synology, known for its premium position in the market, had a challenge scaling down to this kind of user. However, I have to applaud Synology’s R&D for creating a simple and easy-to-use personal cloud solution that still carries a lot of their charm and great software reputation. It may not be as feature-rich as DSM, but BSM does exactly what it says it will do, and I think the target audience it’s designed for will enjoy the BeeStation a great deal!

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Best Value Business NAS – The UniFi UNAS Pro 10GbE Rackmount

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

I feel like a bit of a broken record in this review, and I keep repeating the same two words in conjunction with the UniFi UNAS Pro—fundamentals and consistency! It’s pretty clear that UniFi has prioritized the need for this system to perfectly complement their existing UniFi ecosystem and make it a true part of their hardware portfolio. In doing so, it has resulted in them focusing considerably on the fundamental storage requirements of a NAS system and making sure that these are as good as they possibly can be out of the gate. To this end, I would say that UniFi has unquestionably succeeded. The cracks in the surface begin once you start comparing this system with other offerings in the market right now—which is inevitably what users are going to do and have been doing since the first indications of a UniFi NAS system were being rumored. It may seem tremendously unfair to compare the newly released UniFi NAS with solutions from vendors that have had more than 20 years of experience in this field, but for a business that wants to fully detach themselves from the cloud and wants true user-friendly but highly featured control of their network operations, comparison is inevitable!

 

 

A solid, reliable, and stable system that will inevitably grow into a significant part of most UniFi network users. The problem for many, however, is going to be how long it takes UniFi to reach that point where this system can be software competitive with its rivals. If you are a die-hard UniFi ecosystem user and you are looking for stable, familiar, easy-to-use, and single ecosystem personal/business storage, you are going to love everything about the UniFi UNAS Pro. But just be aware that this is a system that prioritizes storage and is seemingly at its best within an existing UniFi network architecture, and if removed from that network, you are going to find a system that at launch feels quite feature-light compared with alternatives in the market. Pricing for the system is surprisingly competitive, given its position as the launch NAS—unusual when you look at the pricing philosophy of numerous larger-scale systems like the UniFi Dream Machine and UNVR from the brand.

Hopefully, over time we are going to see UniFi build upon the solid fundamentals that they have designed here and create a more competitive solution on top of this. I have no doubt that UniFi will commit to software and security updates for this system, but it would be remiss of me to say that this is the best NAS solution for your network. Right now, it just happens to be the most user-friendly and most UniFi-ready one. Bottom line: this will probably tick a lot of boxes.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on UI.com (Official Site)

Best NAS for Photo and Video EDITING – The QNAP TVS-h874 / TVS-h874T

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

In summarizing the capabilities and potential of the QNAP TVS-h874T NAS, released as a late 2023 update to its predecessor, it’s clear that this system represents a significant leap forward in desktop NAS technology. Priced over £2500, it’s a substantial investment, designed with future-proofing in mind. The TVS-h874T not only maintains the longevity and high-end status of the TVS-h874 but also brings to the table enhanced direct data access through Thunderbolt 4 integration. This advancement, supporting IP over Thunderbolt protocol, significantly boosts connectivity and speed, making the system an ideal choice for demanding tasks such as 8K video editing and high-performance computing needs in business environments. However, the question of whether Thunderbolt NAS is the right fit for all users remains. For those requiring high-speed, multi-user access and scalability, the TVS-h874T is a strong contender. Its support for the latest PCIe 4 standards ensures compatibility with high-performance upgrades, reinforcing its position as a future-proof investment. The software, featuring QTS and QuTS, might require some acclimatization, particularly for those familiar with simpler systems like Synology’s DSM. Yet, the benefits, especially for ZFS enthusiasts, are undeniable, offering advanced RAID management and a plethora of applications and services.

The TVS-h874T’s stance on open hardware and software compatibility is a significant plus in an industry increasingly leaning towards proprietary systems. It accommodates a range of third-party hardware and software, adding to its versatility. In the face of growing concerns over NAS security, the system is well-equipped with comprehensive tools and settings for enhanced security and data protection, addressing the pressing issue of ransomware attacks. In conclusion, the QNAP TVS-h874T stands out as an exceptional choice for businesses and power users who require a robust, scalable, and secure NAS solution. It offers an excellent balance of price, performance, and features, making it a worthy investment for those seeking top-tier server-side capabilities. However, for users with simpler storage needs or those not requiring the advanced features of Thunderbolt NAS, traditional Thunderbolt DAS devices might be a more suitable and cost-effective option. The TVS-h874T, with its advanced capabilities, is undoubtedly a powerhouse in NAS technology, but its full benefits will be best realized by those whose requirements align closely with what this advanced system has to offer.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

Budget NAS for Multimedia / PLEX – The Terramaster F4-424 Pro

What We Said in our review HERE:

YouTube Review HERE

The TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS is a powerful 4-bay turnkey NAS system that offers competitive pricing and robust hardware. With its Intel i3 N300 CPU, 32GB DDR5 memory, and 2x M.2 NVMe SSD bays, it provides excellent performance for various tasks, including Plex media streaming and hardware transcoding. In terms of design, the F4-424 Pro features a sleek and modern chassis with improved cooling and hot-swapping capabilities. It represents a significant step forward in design compared to TerraMaster’s older 4-bay models, aligning more closely with industry leaders like Synology and QNAP. The addition of TOS 5 software brings significant improvements in GUI clarity, backup tools, storage configurations, and security features. However, the absence of 10GbE support and limited scalability in this regard might disappoint advanced users. Additionally, while the hardware exceeds Intel’s memory limitations, full utilization of the 32GB DDR5 memory is reliant on Terramaster’s own SODIMM modules, and this could be a limitation for some users. Overall, the TerraMaster F4-424 Pro NAS offers excellent value for its price, with competitive hardware and software features. It positions itself as a strong contender in the 4-bay NAS market, particularly for those looking for an affordable yet capable private server solution.

Buy HERE on AmazonBuy HERE on B&H

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Lincstation N2 NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
17 février 2025 à 18:00

The Lincstation N2 NAS Review

The Lincstation N2 NAS is the successor to the Lincstation N1, a flash-focused NAS system that made waves in 2024. While the N1 was praised for its compact size and SSD-centric design, it had certain limitations, such as the lack of 10GbE connectivity and limited active cooling. Now, Lincplus has refined and upgraded its previous design, bringing the N2 to crowdfunding with a stronger CPU, better airflow management, and a built-in 10GbE port. But do these enhancements justify the upgrade, and is it a true alternative to other compact NAS systems from QNAP, Synology, or Asustor? Let’s take a deep dive into the new Lincstation N2 NAS and see how it stacks up.

SOFTWARE - 9/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 8/10
VALUE - 9/10


8.2
PROS
👍🏻10GbE networking for high-speed transfers
👍🏻Compact, silent, and power-efficient
👍🏻Includes 1 Year UnRAID license for easy setup
👍🏻Supports four M.2 NVMe SSDs and two SATA SSDs
👍🏻Low power consumption and passive+active cooling
👍🏻Improved design over the N1 with better airflow
CONS
👎🏻Limited PCIe lanes affecting 10GbE throughput
👎🏻Non-upgradeable RAM (fixed 16GB LPDDR5)
👎🏻N100 CPU has very recently seen a refresh towards the N150
👎🏻Uses a barrel-type power adapter instead of USB-C

Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤


Lincstation N2 NAS – Specifications

The Lincstation N2 is powered by an Intel Alder Lake-N N100 processor, a quad-core CPU designed for low power consumption and efficient performance. It comes pre-installed with 16GB of onboard LPDDR5 memory, which is non-upgradeable but maximized for the CPU’s capabilities. Storage options include four M.2 NVMe slots and two SATA SSD bays, allowing for a fast, all-flash storage configuration.

Connectivity sees a major boost with the inclusion of a single 10GbE port, a significant upgrade over the dual 2.5GbE ports found on the N1. Additional USB connectivity includes one USB Type-C 10Gbps, one USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, and two USB 2.0 ports for peripherals. The external chassis has been redesigned with better ventilation, including a larger passive cooling panel and improved heat dissipation for long-term reliability.

Specification Lincstation N2
Processor Intel Alder Lake-N N100 (Quad-Core, up to 3.4GHz)
Memory 16GB LPDDR5 (Non-upgradeable)
Storage (OS) 128GB eMMC
Storage (SATA) 2 x 2.5″ SATA SSD bays
Storage (NVMe) 4 x M.2 NVMe 2280 SSD slots (PCIe Gen 3 x1)
Networking 1 x 10GbE RJ45
USB Ports 1 x USB Type-C 10Gbps, 1 x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, 2 x USB 2.0
Video Output 1 x HDMI 2.0 (4K 60Hz)
Cooling Passive and Active Hybrid Cooling System
Power Supply 60W External PSU (Barrel-type Connector)
Operating System UnRAID (Pre-installed, 1-year license included)
Chassis Material Metal & Plastic Hybrid
Dimensions Compact Desktop Form Factor
Weight TBD

Lincstation N2 NAS – Packaging

Since the N2 is currently in prototype stage, its final retail packaging is yet to be confirmed. However, the unit received for review included the NAS unit, a 60W external power supply, a first-time setup guide, and an UnRAID activation scratch card. Unlike many NAS brands, the Lincstation N2 does not include an Ethernet cable, which is something users should prepare for.

The packaging is minimalist and protective, designed to keep the NAS unit secure during transit, ensuring it remains well-protected from impact or shifting during shipping. The outer packaging features clear branding and basic specifications, though additional documentation on first-time setup would be beneficial, particularly for new UnRAID users. The box itself is relatively compact, reducing unnecessary waste while maintaining effective protection for the unit.

One of the notable elements in the package is the UnRAID activation card, which includes a scratch-off code for license registration. This ensures that users can activate their UnRAID installation immediately, allowing them to set up their storage array and applications with minimal delay. Given that UnRAID is a key selling point of the N2, including physical licensing details within the packaging is a welcome touch. The activation process is straightforward, and the included instructions provide a step-by-step guide on how to register and enable the software.

The external PSU remains barrel-type rather than USB-C, a decision that may disappoint users accustomed to more modern power connectors. However, the power brick itself is high quality, ensuring stable and efficient energy delivery. Given the N2’s low overall power draw, the external PSU design makes sense to keep heat generation outside the NAS chassis. While USB-C would have been a more modern and convenient choice, this power adapter provides reliable and consistent power delivery.

Additionally, it would have been useful to see additional accessories included, such as a basic network cable or drive installation tools, which are often included in NAS packages from other brands. Having all essential setup components in the box would make the initial setup experience even smoother, particularly for users who may not have immediate access to spare cables or peripherals.


Lincstation N2 NAS – Design & Build

The Lincstation N2 follows a compact, minimalistic design, much like its predecessor, making it an ideal desktop or office NAS. The metallic cooling panel at the bottom has been improved, allowing better passive airflow to support the fanless cooling design.

The four M.2 NVMe bays are located on the underside, while two SATA SSD slots are positioned at the front for easy installation.

A set of front-facing LED indicators provides system status updates, while an integrated neon status light enhances visibility. The magnetic panel for SSD installation remains a standout feature, allowing quick access to drive bays without the need for tools. Although the N2 is nearly silent in operation, high-intensity workloads may cause the system to warm up, making the new airflow improvements crucial for long-term performance.

The new chassis design enhances durability, featuring a sturdier metal and plastic blend that reinforces the unit without adding excess weight. The minimalist aesthetic is well-suited for both home and professional environments, ensuring that the NAS fits seamlessly alongside existing equipment. Cooling remains a primary focus, with improved airflow pathways reducing heat buildup and ensuring stable performance even under extended workloads.

The ventilation improvements include an expanded airflow channel that spans the entire underside of the device. This design allows heat from the NVMe drives and CPU to dissipate more effectively, reducing the need for aggressive active cooling solutions. Combined with efficient heat sinking, the N2 is able to maintain performance without excessive noise.

The compact footprint ensures that desk space usage is minimal, making it an ideal option for users with limited workspace. Additionally, the stackable design means multiple units can be arranged efficiently for users with multiple NAS or networking devices. The thoughtful combination of passive and active cooling elements ensures the N2 delivers sustained performance without requiring frequent maintenance.


Lincstation N2 NAS – Ports & Connectivity

The Lincstation N2 improves on the N1 by introducing a single 10GbE network port, replacing the dual 2.5GbE ports seen in its predecessor. This upgrade allows users to achieve significantly higher transfer speeds, making the NAS ideal for large file transfers, media editing, and network virtualization. However, the 10GbE performance is somewhat limited due to PCIe lane constraints, meaning users may not fully saturate the bandwidth under all conditions.

In addition to the 10GbE port, the N2 includes a USB Type-C 10Gbps port, providing high-speed connectivity for external storage devices. There is also a USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A port, ensuring compatibility with a range of USB peripherals. The inclusion of two USB 2.0 ports allows users to connect basic accessories, such as keyboards and mice for local management.

The rear layout of the N2 is designed for easy cable management, ensuring tidy workspace integration. Users looking to expand network connectivity beyond 10GbE may need to rely on USB-to-Ethernet adapters, as the system does not support PCIe expansion. The limited expandability of networking options might disappoint users who were hoping for an additional slot for NIC upgrades, but the onboard 10GbE should suffice for most users in this category.

Given that USB ports are an essential component of any NAS setup, the N2 provides a good balance between speed and compatibility. The USB-C 10Gbps port is particularly useful for connecting external SSD enclosures, expanding fast-access storage options for users with additional high-speed media requirements. However, it is worth noting that additional expansion beyond USB is not available, making pre-planning your connectivity needs essential before setup.


Lincstation N2 NAS – Internal Hardware & Performance

The Lincstation N2 utilizes an Intel N100 CPU, a power-efficient quad-core processor capable of handling basic NAS tasks, virtualization, and container workloads. While not a high-end processor, it provides a good balance of power and efficiency. The 16GB LPDDR5 memory ensures smooth multitasking but cannot be expanded.

Storage performance is solid, with M.2 NVMe drives operating at PCIe Gen 3×1, delivering around 800MB/s read/write speeds. SATA SSDs achieve speeds of 500–600MB/s, making them suitable for RAID 1 or RAID-Z configurations. However, users looking to push extreme performance benchmarks will find the PCIe lane allocation slightly restrictive, especially for multi-drive simultaneous access scenarios.

(Click below to open in new tab in full size)

2x SATA SSD, BTRFS MIRROR, SMB  SHARE, 1GB and 4GB TESTS

4x M.2 NVMe SSD, ZFS POOL, SMB  SHARE, 1GB and 4GB TESTS

Power consumption is exceptionally low, with idle usage around 10–13W and peak operation at 18–22W. The external power adapter remains adequate, though a USB-C power option would be preferable. Energy efficiency remains one of the standout features of the N2, making it an excellent choice for users looking to build a long-term, low-cost NAS setup.

Heat dissipation has been improved significantly over the N1, with an upgraded passive cooling system featuring a larger vented bottom panel. Under full load, temperatures remain within acceptable limits, preventing thermal throttling or reduced drive longevity.

Given that flash-based NAS systems tend to generate more heat than HDD counterparts, these improvements help maintain reliability for continuous operation.

During real-world testing, the N2 performed admirably under multiple storage scenarios, including RAID-Z, traditional RAID configurations, and direct disk access. The optimized drive placement and airflow system allow the NAS to maintain consistent speeds without overheating, even under heavy sequential read/write workloads. While the N2 may not break records in enterprise performance metrics, it delivers stable and reliable performance for home and small-business users.


Lincstation N2 NAS – Software & UnRAID Integration

The N2 ships with UnRAID, providing a flexible NAS platform for storage pooling, Docker containers, and virtual machines. The included one-year UnRAID license ensures access to the latest features and security updates. Users can opt to renew their license or switch to other NAS OS options.

UnRAID’s intuitive UI allows for quick configuration, making it suitable for beginners and advanced users alike. Additional plugins may be required for full system monitoring, as Lincstation does not develop its own NAS OS. While UnRAID offers extensive community support, some users may prefer TrueNAS or OpenMediaVault, both of which are also compatible with the N2.

Given that UnRAID runs off a USB boot drive, users can easily swap out the OS if required, allowing greater flexibility in long-term system customization.

The inclusion of a 30-day trial before activating the license means users can test the system before committing to a paid software platform, a welcome addition for those considering different configurations.


Lincstation N2 NAS – Final Verdict

The Lincstation N2 NAS is a solid upgrade over its predecessor, the N1, offering better connectivity, improved cooling, and more efficient hardware. The inclusion of 10GbE networking makes it a more appealing option for users who require higher data transfer speeds, and the passive and active cooling improvements ensure better thermal regulation under sustained workloads. With support for four M.2 NVMe SSDs and two SATA SSDs, the N2 provides flexible storage options, allowing users to build a high-speed, all-flash NAS setup. The Intel N100 processor and 16GB LPDDR5 memory deliver decent performance for most home and small business NAS applications, but the non-upgradeable memory may be a limiting factor for more demanding users. The compact, efficient design makes it an ideal NAS for those looking for a balance between power efficiency and performance.

That being said, the N2 does have a few drawbacks that may impact users looking for greater expandability. The lack of PCIe expansion slots means users cannot add additional NICs or storage controllers, making it less versatile compared to some competing NAS solutions. Additionally, while the 10GbE port is a significant upgrade, it is limited by PCIe bandwidth constraints, meaning users may not be able to fully utilize its maximum throughput in all scenarios. The USB connectivity options are decent, but having only one high-speed USB-C 10Gbps port may feel restrictive for those wanting multiple fast external connections. Furthermore, the reliance on a barrel-type power connector instead of USB-C is another missed opportunity for modernization.

Overall, the Lincstation N2 NAS remains a good choice for UnRAID users looking for an affordable, high-speed, all-flash NAS solution. It provides great energy efficiency, a streamlined setup process, and a solid mix of connectivity options. While it lacks some scalability features, for most home and small business users, it offers a compelling blend of performance, efficiency, and ease of use. If Lincplus continues refining their NAS lineup, future iterations with more robust networking, storage expandability, and minor refinements to cooling and connectivity could make it a standout competitor in the small NAS market.

Pros and Cons of the Lincstation N2 NAS

Pros:

  • 10GbE networking for high-speed transfers
  • Compact, silent, and power-efficient
  • Includes 1 Year UnRAID license for easy setup
  • Supports four M.2 NVMe SSDs and two SATA SSDs
  • Low power consumption and passive+active cooling
  • Improved design over the N1 with better airflow

Cons:

  • Limited PCIe lanes affecting 10GbE throughput
  • Non-upgradeable RAM (fixed 16GB LPDDR5)
  • N100 CPU has very recently seen a refresh towards the N150
  • Uses a barrel-type power adapter instead of USB-C

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle


Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

CWWK x86 P6 Pocket SSD NAS Review – Intel N3 i3 in Your Pocket?

Par : Rob Andrews
14 février 2025 à 18:00

Review of the CWWK x86 P6 Mini SSD NAS Review

The CWWK x86 P6 Pocket SSD NAS is a compact, all-flash server aimed at home lab enthusiasts and small businesses seeking high-speed storage in a small form factor. It features four M.2 NVMe slots, dual 2.5GbE ports, and support for up to 48GB DDR5 memory, offering impressive capabilities for its size. Available in two configurations, the quad-core Intel N150 model and the octa-core Intel N355 model, it aims to balance affordability and performance. This review covers the design, hardware, storage, performance tests, and overall value of the N355 model. Compact and highly portable, the P6 is marketed toward users who need a small but capable server for virtualization, containerized apps, and media streaming. With support for up to four M.2 NVMe drives, it caters to users focused on high-speed, flash-based storage rather than traditional hard drives. However, its PCIe 3.0 x1 lanes per M.2 slot and lack of 10GbE raise questions about its potential bottlenecks.

The P6 is priced competitively at $195 for the N150 version and $315 for the N355 version, placing it in a niche between DIY NAS solutions and more expensive pre-built systems. Despite its compact size, it promises a multi-core processor, virtualization support, and dual 2.5GbE connectivity, making it appealing to users with small-scale but demanding workloads. However, users should be prepared for some limitations typical of compact systems, such as limited expandability and port options. Let’s discuss the P6.

Component Details
Processor (SoC) Intel Twin Lake SoC (Two Options):
Intel N150: Quad-core, up to 3.6 GHz (Turbo), 6MB cache, 24EU Intel UHD graphics (1.0 GHz), 6W TDP
Intel N355: Octa-core, up to 3.9 GHz (Turbo), 6MB cache, 32EU Intel UHD graphics (1.35 GHz), 15W TDP
Memory 1x SO-DIMM DDR5 4800 MHz (up to 48GB, Non-ECC)
Storage Slots 4x M.2 M-Key 2280 NVMe SSD (PCIe 3.0 x1 per slot)
Additional Expansion 1x M.2 E-Key 2230 slot for Wi-Fi 6/7 modules
SATA Support 2x JFPC1 Ribbon Cable Connector (for SATA drives via adapter)
Video Output 2x HDMI 2.0 (4K@60Hz)
Networking 2x 2.5GbE RJ45 (Intel i226V controllers)
USB Ports 2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10 Gbps)
Power Supply 12V/5A via 5.5/2.5mm Barrel Connector (60W adapter included)
BIOS/UEFI Features AMI BIOS/UEFI with Auto Power On, Wake-on-LAN (WoL), PXE Boot
Cooling Integrated aluminum heat sink with base-level fan; Optional external top-mounted fan (USB-powered)
Chassis Material Aluminum Alloy (entire enclosure)
Dimensions 100 x 100 x 58.5 mm
Weight Approx. 1.2 kg
Operating Temperature -10°C to 75°C
Humidity Range 10%–90% RH (non-condensing)

 

Where to Buy?
  • CWWK x86 P6 NVMe NAS ($195-315 AliExpress) HERE
  • CWWK x86 P6 NVMe NAS ($160 AliExpress) HERE
  • DIY N355 NAS Products ($254-349 Amazon) – HERE

CWWK x86 P6 N355 SSD NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

he CWWK x86 P6 Pocket SSD NAS offers a compact and capable option for users seeking a small-scale, flash-based server with support for multiple VMs, containers, and media streaming. The Intel N355 model performs well under load, handling three VMs simultaneously while maintaining reasonable power consumption of 34–35W. SSD speeds were solid for a PCIe 3.0 x1 setup, reaching around 780 MB/s read and 690 MB/s write per drive, though aggregate speeds across four drives were limited to 450–520 MB/s. Cooling is generally effective, with CPU temperatures peaking at 40°C, but NVMe SSDs required improved thermal pads to keep below 55°C under load. Noise levels remained moderate, between 35–38 dBA depending on fan usage. The inclusion of SATA support via JFPC1 ribbon cables, while unconventional, offers an additional expansion route, though BIOS adjustments may be needed for full compatibility. Dual 2.5GbE ports support link aggregation but limit network throughput compared to 10GbE options, which can only be added via an M.2 to 10GbE adapter, sacrificing a storage slot. The two USB ports are restrictive for those needing additional connectivity. Overall, the P6 delivers good multi-purpose performance in a compact form factor, but its PCIe lane limitations, limited USB ports, and barrel power input may be drawbacks for some users. It is a suitable choice for those seeking a small, efficient, and configurable NAS, provided they understand its hardware constraints.

BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 10/10


8.8
PROS
👍🏻Compact and portable design (100x100x58.5 mm, aluminum chassis)
👍🏻Good multi-VM performance (three VMs with under 50% CPU utilization)
👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE ports with link aggregation (~550 MB/s combined throughput)
👍🏻Reasonable power efficiency (18W idle, 34–35W under heavy load)
👍🏻Expandable via M.2 adapters (supports M.2 to PCIe, OCuLink, or 10GbE)
👍🏻Effective CPU cooling (40°C peak with aluminum heat sinks and fan)
👍🏻Smooth media streaming (1080p, 4K, and 8K playback on Plex)
👍🏻Supports up to 48GB DDR5 RAM (high capacity for VMs and containers)
CONS
👎🏻Limited PCIe bandwidth (PCIe 3.0 x1 per M.2 slot)
👎🏻Only two USB ports (restricts peripheral and OS drive options)
👎🏻Barrel power input (no USB-C for power delivery)
👎🏻SATA support via JFPC1 cable requires adjustments and may need BIOS tweaks


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤


CWWK x86 P6 NAS Review – Design

The CWWK P6 is remarkably compact, measuring 100 x 100 x 58.5 mm, and built with an all-aluminum alloy chassis, which doubles as a heat sink. Weighing approximately 1.2 kg, the unit has a solid, durable feel.

The top panel functions as a large heat sink for the SSDs, while the bottom panel houses a CPU fan and aluminum heat sink.

The cooling system is effective but relies on passive dissipation for the SSDs unless the optional external fan, included in the package, is attached via USB.

The power input uses a 12V/5A barrel connector, which is disappointing for users expecting USB-C. Given the small size and relatively low power draw, USB-C with Power Delivery (PD) could have been a modern and convenient solution.

The barrel connector feels like an outdated choice and limits power supply flexibility. On a positive note, the included 60W power adapter is compact and efficient.

The port selection is limited, with only two USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports (10 Gbps) and two HDMI 2.0 outputs supporting up to 4K 60Hz displays. Users planning to use UnRAID or similar OSes via USB may quickly find the two ports insufficient, especially if they need one for a keyboard or KVM switch.

Additionally, the M.2 E-key slot for Wi-Fi 6 or 7 is present, but no antenna kit or Wi-Fi module is included, adding extra cost for wireless connectivity.

The included thermal pads for the M.2 drives are extremely thin, providing minimal heat dissipation.

During sustained workloads, SSD temperatures rose above 65°C, but using third-party thermal pads reduced peak temperatures by approximately 10°C, enhancing performance stability.

The optional external fan, which attaches to the top panel via USB, helps reduce SSD temperatures during sustained workloads but at the cost of a higher noise level.

Overall, the design feels solid but because they have had to cram a lot into a small space, the potential for airflow in key areas might be pretty poor (hence the included optional USB fan). While the cooling solution is effective, port limitations, poor-quality thermal pads, and the choice of barrel power input are significant drawbacks.

Despite these issues, the compact size and all-metal construction make it an attractive option for users needing a small yet powerful NAS.

CWWK x86 P6 NAS Review – Internal Hardware

The CWWK P6 is powered by Intel Twin Lake processors, offering two configurations: the quad-core N150 (up to 3.6 GHz, 6W TDP) and the octa-core N355 (up to 3.9 GHz, 15W TDP). The N355 version tested here features eight cores, 32EU Intel UHD graphics at 1.35 GHz, and a TDP of 15W, making it more suitable for virtualization, container workloads, and media streaming.

The system uses one SO-DIMM DDR5 slot, supporting up to 48GB of non-ECC DDR5 4800 MHz RAM. While the single-channel configuration may reduce memory performance, the high RAM ceiling is useful for running multiple VMs or containers. The absence of ECC memory support may be a concern for users seeking data integrity in a server environment, but again – at this price it is tough to be overly critical about this here.

For networking, the P6 includes two 2.5GbE ports, controlled by Intel i226V controllers, supporting SMB multichannel and link aggregation. During testing, the 2.5GbE ports achieved up to 550 MB/s combined throughput with link aggregation. However, the lack of 10GbE is a missed opportunity, given the PCIe limitations on M.2 throughput, which could benefit from faster networking.

A M.2 E-key slot is provided for Wi-Fi 6 or 7 modules, but no module or antenna is included. Additionally, while the motherboard supports auto power-on, Wake-on-LAN (WoL), and PXE boot, the BIOS lacks some advanced settings found on other DIY NAS boards – however the N355 CPU itself is already getting stretched pretty thin here, so the scope for modification is pretty slim anyway to be honest.

One notable advantage is the expandability of the M.2 slots, which can be used for more than just storage. Users can install M.2 to PCIe adapters for 10GbE network cards, PCIe expansion cards, or even OCuLink adapters for external storage enclosures. This flexibility allows the P6 to be tailored for different use cases, such as adding 10GbE for faster networking or expanding with a PCIe card for additional functions. This feature partially offsets the lack of built-in 10GbE and adds versatility to the system.

RECOMMENDED M.2 ADAPTERS

M.2 to 10GbE AdapterBUY HERE REVIEW HERE

M.2 to PCIe Card Slot AdapterBUY HERE REVIEW HERE

M.2 to Oculink 4i AdapterBUY HERE REVIEW HERE

CWWK x86 P6 NAS Review – Storage

The CWWK P6 is built around four M.2 NVMe 2280 slots (PCIe 3.0 x1), supporting high-speed, flash-based storage. Each slot has a maximum theoretical throughput of around 800 MB/s, which is suitable for general NAS tasks but limits RAID performance.

The absence of screw holes for shorter M.2 sizes means users must use full-length 2280 drives.

The included thermal pads are surprisingly thin and for an all flash system, a little underwhelming, but given the 3×1 speed of each bay, just how hot each SSD will be getting is debatable.

The four M.2 NVMe SSD Bays are mounted on a a sister board that is connected on it’s underside with a 40 pin connector into ANOTHER m.2 NVMe PCB that is in a single m.2 2280 SSD slot on the lower micro motherboard.

The M.2’s profile is still being investigated, but it IS a novel way of getting around the limitations of the base N150/N355 PCU Lanes and physical distribution that a single board would have needed to counter/work-around.

During sustained workloads, SSD temperatures rose above 65°C, but using third-party thermal pads reduced peak temperatures by approximately 10°C, enhancing performance stability. The optional top-mounted fan offers additional cooling but increases noise levels.

The P6 includes an unusual SATA expansion option using JFPC1 ribbon cables connected to the motherboard. While the implementation is unconventional, it is understandable given the small internal space constraints.

During testing, these SATA drives were detected in the BIOS but not recognized by the OS, indicating possible BIOS or driver issues.

It is worth noting that the inclusion of SATA connectivity is a welcome option for users needing low-cost storage expansion, though it may require further configuration.

As mentioned earlier, the lack of an internal PCIe slot limits storage expansion of course. However, users can convert an M.2 slot to a 10GbE network card, PCIe expansion, or even OCuLink storage expansion using third-party adapters. This flexibility is a notable advantage but comes at the cost of losing an M.2 storage slot.

Overall, the storage system is functional but limited by PCIe lane bottlenecks and poor SATA support implementation. Users seeking high-speed RAID configurations may be disappointed, but for NVMe-based storage pools, virtualization, and caching, the P6 performs well within its hardware constraints.

CWWK x86 P6 NAS Review – Tests & Performance

In this section, we evaluate the CWWK x86 P6 Pocket SSD NAS based on its SSD speeds, power consumption, noise levels, and thermal performance. Using the N355 octa-core model with four M.2 NVMe SSDs, we tested its performance under different workloads, including file transfers, virtualization, and media streaming. Even initial VM testing was pretty promising, when I ran three Windows 10 VMs, at 1 Core and 2GB Memory – there was still plenty of H/WW remaining to play with and each VM ran well. Just keep in mind that you only have 8 threads (i.e 8 vCPU) to assign.

We also measured how efficiently the system manages power and heat under load. Our tests aim to give a clear, practical understanding of what users can expect from the P6, particularly for tasks like running small scale containers or virtual machines or acting as a domestic/home/family media server, while considering its design limitations, such as PCIe lane constraints and cooling efficiency.

SSD Performance:

In our tests with four M.2 NVMe SSDs (PCIe 3.0 x1):

  • Single SSD (Sequential): 780–790 MB/s (Read), 690 MB/s (Write)

  • Four SSDs Simultaneously: 450–520 MB/s aggregate throughput

The x1 PCIe lanes per slot are the primary bottleneck, but single-drive speeds are acceptable for general NAS usage. Performance drops significantly in RAID configurations due to lane sharing.

Power Consumption:

Measured during testing:

  • Idle (No Drives): 18W
  • All Four SSDs Under Load: 31–32W
  • Three VMs with Disk Activity: 34–35W

  • Power efficiency is reasonable, and the 15W TDP N355 processor delivers a good balance of performance and efficiency.

Noise Levels:

  • Base Fan Only (Peak): 35–36 dBA
  • With Optional Top Fan: 38 dBA (noticeable but not disruptive)
    The top fan is audibly louder, but effective for SSD cooling, especially during sustained workloads.

Temperature Measurements:

  • CPU Peak (VMs & SSD Reads): 40°C (with fan)
  • SSD Peak (Stock Thermal Pads): 65°C
  • SSD Peak (Improved Thermal Pads): 55°C

The large aluminum heat sinks and internal fan handle CPU heat effectively, but a lot of this comes down to the CPU being already low-powered to start with, as well as the speed limit of 3×1 on each bay – sorry to keep repeating this, but it’s important!). Early PLEX performance testing was very good! I tested the streaming of a 100Mb 1080p file, a 60Mb 4K HEVC File and an 8K File. I will be going into more detail on the PLEX performance (especially the hardware transcoding later on, via PLEX PASS) later on via the YouTube channel, but my early testing was very good and the CPU use on these single connections was very good (even with Software transcoding too).

CWWK x86 P6 NAS Review – Verdict & Conclusion

The CWWK x86 P6 Pocket SSD NAS offers a compact and efficient solution for flash-based storage, virtualization, and media streaming, with strong CPU performance and reasonable power consumption. It excels in scenarios such as running multiple VMs, hosting containers, and acting as a Plex server, thanks to its Intel N355 processor and dual 2.5GbE ports. However, it has notable drawbacks, including limited PCIe lanes, unconventional SATA expansion, and only two USB ports, which may restrict expandability. That said, the SATA implementation, while unusual, is understandable given the space limitations of the compact design, and it provides an option for low-cost storage expansion. Additionally, the barrel power input instead of USB-C feels outdated, and thermal pads provided for SSDs are insufficient, necessitating upgrades for long-term reliability.

The lack of 10GbE networking is a missed opportunity, but users can add 10GbE via M.2 adapters, albeit at the cost of an M.2 slot. The N355 version offers significantly better performance for multi-tasking and VMs compared to the N150 version, making it worth the additional cost for power users . In conclusion, the CWWK x86 P6 is best suited for tech-savvy users who are comfortable with DIY upgrades and minor hardware adjustments. It offers good value for VM hosting, containerization, and high-speed storage tasks, provided users are aware of its limitations and willing to work around them.

Pros Cons
✅ Compact and portable – Small 100x100x58.5 mm size with a durable aluminum chassis. ❌ Limited PCIe bandwidth – PCIe 3.0 x1 per M.2 slot restricts maximum SSD performance.
✅ Good multi-VM performance – Handled three VMs with low CPU utilization (under 50%) and stable performance. ❌ Only two USB ports – Limited connectivity for peripherals and OS boot drives.
✅ Dual 2.5GbE ports – Supports link aggregation for up to ~550 MB/s throughput. ❌ Barrel power input – No USB-C for power delivery, limiting modern power supply options.
✅ Reasonable power efficiency – 18W idle, 34–35W under heavy load with four SSDs and three VMs. ❌ SATA support requires adjustments – JFPC1 cable solution is unconventional and may need BIOS tweaks.
✅ Expandable via M.2 adapters – Supports M.2 to PCIe, OCuLink, or 10GbE adapters.
✅ Effective cooling for CPU – Integrated aluminum heat sinks and internal fan kept CPU below 40°C under load.
✅ Good media streaming performance – Smooth playback for 1080p, 4K, and 8K files during Plex tests.
✅ Support for up to 48GB DDR5 RAM – High memory capacity for VMs and containers.

 

Where to Buy?
  • CWWK x86 P6 NVMe NAS ($195-315 AliExpress) HERE
  • CWWK x86 P6 NVMe NAS ($160 AliExpress) HERE
  • DIY N355 NAS Products ($254-349 Amazon) – HERE

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

Are Your Hard Drives REALLY New? CHECK RIGHT NOW – IT’S IMPORTANT!

Par : Rob Andrews
12 février 2025 à 18:00

‘Used Seagate EXOS HDDs Missold as ‘New – Other Drives Implicated

Now would be a very good time to check any hard drives you’ve purchased in the last 12 to 24 months! Recent reports from popular German news outlet Heise have raised increased reports of refurbished and modified SMART-reported drives being sold as brand new, leading to large concerns of widespread ex-cryptocurrency-burnt drives being sold through trusted business and domestic retailers. Although the scope of the issue seems to be largely focused on Seagate Exos data center-class drives, because of the wide-ranging drives that were used in Chia cryptocurrency mining several years ago, there is an increased likelihood that other large-capacity and high-durability drives should be considered, thanks to the relative ease of firmware modifications and larger quantities of HDDs being resold off the back of 5 year durabilities lines being crossed by the original coin miners!

UPDATED 20/02/25 (video HERE)

Reports are now arriving that Seagate Ironwolf and Ironwolf Pro modified/mis-sold HDDs are now also affected. The extent to this is still too early to confirm, but the latest reports from Heise indicate that 8TB and 16TB HDDs have been highlighted.

Further reports from ComputerBase via a community member fanatiXalpha provided further evidence and indications of this via the images from the original article here:

REAL HDD FAKE HDD

In this video I discuss multiple ways to initially identify issues with a ‘new’ Seagate Ironwolf HDD that do not involve connecting the HDD to a system. Later in this article cover several more methods that require connecting the drive to a NAS or general client system.

Another Example of a Fake HDD from user Busse:

Original Article:


The Missold Hard Drive Issue – TLDR

  • Check Your HDDs – Reports indicate used Seagate Exos hard drives are being sold as new, particularly 12TB-18TB models.

  • Firmware Manipulation – SMART data shows zero usage, but deeper FARM tests reveal 15,000-50,000 hours of prior use.

  • Widespread Issue – Over 200 reports from buyers in Germany, Japan, Australia, and other regions, spanning multiple retailers.

  • Crypto Mining Connection – Many affected drives likely came from Chia cryptocurrency farms (2018-2022) and re-entered the market fraudulently.

  • Tampering in Supply Chain – Drives may have been repackaged and resold by wholesalers and distributors, bypassing Seagate’s official channels.

  • Retailers & Seagate Respond – Some retailers are issuing refunds/exchanges. Seagate denies involvement and is investigating the supply chain breach.

  • Verify Your Drives – Use SMART, FARM, Seatools, and warranty checkers to confirm if your drive is genuine. Report suspicious drives to Seagate and your retailer.


What has been reported on the Seagate EXOS HDD Misselling

Earlier in the year, Heise reported that they had received dozens of reports from users who had purchased brand-new, enterprise-class Seagate Exos hard drives, only to find that when receiving the drives, they had scuffs and marks on them that suggested they were used—and used en masse. Further investigation of the hard drives using popular firmware tools initially showed that the drives’ SMART data was indicating little to no power-on usage. However, deeper investigation with deeper drive tools went on to reveal that the firmware had been manually adjusted to hide the tens of thousands of hours that these drives had already accrued in use.

Usage on drives has varied from between 15,000 hours and 50,000 hours, well over five years of deployment and well outside the warranty and workload rating on these drives in most cases. What is interesting though, is that retailers that have been impacted by this, and in fact a wide-ranging number of German retailers, have been highlighted as sources of these drives. However, reported issues span outside of Germany and include claims from purchases made in Japan, Australia, and other parts of Europe.

Fingers are initially being pointed at wholesalers, large-scale resellers, and distributors who supply the traditional retail and e-commerce websites that most users would be eligible to purchase from. Depending on the retailer, and several have already been highlighted in the now over 200 reports submitted to Heise, the returns and RMA process does differ from site to site, but this does appear to be a growing issue that most users will not even realize they have been hit by unless they take the time to investigate the usage data on their drives.

Primarily, Chia crypto farming has been highlighted as the origin of most of these drives, with huge quantities of large-capacity data center drives being purchased in 2018 to 2022, when this emerging and less GPU-centric form of cryptocurrency was being mined. Brands such as Seagate, WD, and Toshiba saw extraordinarily high sales numbers during this period for these drives, and equally, domestic users ended up being negatively impacted by supply shortages and price hikes. It seems that a lot of these drives that have either been abandoned from previously pursued cryptocurrency setups or just simply swapped out for ongoing farming have now made their way back into the supply chain under the guise of being regular, new, out-of-the-box drives!

The distribution channels, wholesalers, and affected e-commerce websites in order to ascertain how these drives have entered the supply chain and to what extent it has happened. They issued the following statement:

“We are taking this matter very seriously and are conducting a thorough investigation. As explained in the previous statement, Seagate did not sell or distribute these drives to retailers. We cannot provide details of the ongoing investigation, but we suspect that these drives are new products that Seagate sold to customers and were later resold by them on the used market. In this case, we believe that the drives were remarketed somewhere in the used market supply chain and resold as new. We recommend that retailers only purchase drives from certified Seagate distribution partners, as purchasing from certified Seagate distribution partners is the best way to ensure the authenticity of Seagate products for retailers and their customers.

Seagate has processes in place to investigate these types of cases, with teams working proactively with our vendors to take action where necessary. Our security team also regularly works with local authorities to take necessary action. Many investigations are initiated based on anonymous tips and reports from partners and customers. These measures are designed to protect Seagate partners and end customers in an increasingly global marketplace.

We encourage anyone who suspects they have received a used drive marketed as new to help with the investigation by reporting the incident to us directly at [email protected] . In addition, customers who have doubts about whether the products they purchased match the claims of the sellers can access our warranty checker tool . Suspicious drives and/or sellers can also be reported anonymously through our Ethics Hotline .

We are grateful for the trust our customers have placed in us and are determined to do everything possible to maintain that trust.” – Provided to Heise.de in response to the 200+ HDD Claims HERE 7/2/25


Which Hard Drives are affected/reported?

Currently, the bulk of aggregate reporting of this is going through the Heise website, and a lot of the submissions have been done via their anonymous reporting link, so exact model IDs are hard to track down right now. However, the bulk of the reported mis-sold drives appear to be Seagate Exos drives ranging from 12TB to 18TB. As mentioned earlier, however, the original reporting suggests that other drives have been highlighted by users. Realistically, it’s pretty unlikely that only Exos drives are going to be impacted as such. A wide-ranging procurement took place during the peak of Chia cryptocurrency farming, and pretty much any moderately durable, high-capacity hard drive was changing hands quickly at that time. This all does seemingly indicate right now that a lot of these drives are being offloaded with their firmware modified by one or a handful of bad actors, who likely are sitting on high quantities of the same hard drives. However, it would not surprise me whatsoever if over the coming months and years, we see spikes on affected drives outside of the Seagate Exos data center series.


How Can I Check If My Drives Were Mis-Sold as New?

Tools:

  • Putty Download Tools HERE
  • Seatools (PC/Linux) HERE
  • Smartmontools HERE
  • DriveDX for Mac HERE

There are multiple ways to check whether the hard drive inside your system, which you purchased as brand new, is actually new. However, the suitability of each tool will depend heavily on the system type and operating system your drive is running on. Seagate’s Seatools application allows you to check and validate multiple data points on your hard drives. However, it is only available as a Windows or Linux client, as well as a portable version. That means Mac users, or those less comfortable with command-line tools, may find it difficult to use—not to mention users who have multiple drives deployed in systems without a suitable GUI or command-line interface for validity checks. Below, I’ve broken down recommended tools and commands that you can use to verify your drives, their power-on hours, and other critical details.

How NAS users can Check and Verify the usage of the HDDs:

NAS users who suspect their drives may have been mis-sold as new can verify their SMART data and power-on hours using various tools. Most NAS operating systems, including Synology DSM, QNAP QTS, TrueNAS, and UnRAID, have built-in SMART monitoring tools within their storage manager or disk health sections. These tools provide essential SMART attributes, including Power-On Hours (POH), Reallocated Sectors, and Drive Temperature. However, in some cases, the SMART data may have been manipulated to show zero usage, making further verification necessary.

For deeper analysis, users can SSH into their NAS and install smartmontools, a command-line utility that provides detailed drive health reports. Running the command:

smartctl -a /dev/sdX

(where X is the drive identifier) will display all SMART attributes, including power-on hours. However, if the SMART data has been reset or manipulated, users can check the FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values for a more accurate picture of a drive’s actual usage history. To retrieve FARM values, NAS users can use:

smartctl -l farm /dev/sdX

This will reveal true power-on hours, drive usage patterns, and whether a drive has been extensively used before being reintroduced into the supply chain.

For those using QNAP or Synology NAS devices without direct access to smartmontools, Seagate’s Seatools (Windows/Linux) can be used by connecting the drives externally via a USB or SATA dock. Additionally, Seagate’s warranty checker tool allows users to verify if their drive was originally part of a multi-drive batch—a red flag that it may have been previously used in a server or data center environment.


How NAS Users Can Check SMART Data and Power-On Hours Over SSH (Including FARM Values for Verification & Integration with Smartmontools)

NAS users with SSH access can perform a deeper, more accurate verification of their hard drives’ SMART data and power-on hours to detect possible tampering. While many NAS systems, such as Synology DSM, QNAP QTS, TrueNAS, and UnRAID, provide built-in SMART monitoring via their web interface, these tools often rely on basic SMART queries, which may not reveal manipulated or reset power-on hours. By accessing the NAS via SSH, users can run Smartmontools directly, allowing them to extract FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values, which are not included in standard SMART logs.

To begin, users should SSH into their NAS and install Smartmontools if it is not already available. On Debian-based NAS systems (such as OpenMediaVault, TrueNAS SCALE, and some QNAP models running Debian Linux), install Smartmontools with:

sudo apt update && sudo apt install smartmontools

On Red Hat-based systems, use:

sudo yum install smartmontools

For NAS systems that do not allow package installations, users can still manually compile Smartmontools or install a Docker container that includes the tool.

Once Smartmontools is installed, running the command:

smartctl -a /dev/sdX

(replacing X with the correct drive identifier) will display SMART attributes, including Power-On Hours (POH). However, since bad actors can manipulate SMART data to show zero hours, users should perform an additional FARM query with:

smartctl -l farm /dev/sdX

Unlike SMART power-on hours, which can be reset, FARM values track long-term reliability metrics stored at a deeper firmware level, making them much harder to falsify. If there is a discrepancy between SMART-reported power-on hours and FARM-reported power-on hours, it strongly suggests that the drive has been used before but was manipulated to appear new.

Integrating Smartmontools into a NAS for Automated Checks

To automate drive health monitoring, NAS users can schedule periodic SMART and FARM scans using cron jobs or integrate them with the NAS system’s notification service.

  1. Create a SMART Monitoring Script
    Users can create a simple script to check SMART and FARM values for all installed drives and log the results.

#!/bin/bash

LOGFILE=”/var/log/smart_check.log”

echo “SMART Check – $(date)” >> $LOGFILE

for DRIVE in /dev/sd[a-z]; do

    echo “Checking $DRIVE…” >> $LOGFILE

    smartctl -a $DRIVE >> $LOGFILE

    smartctl -l farm $DRIVE >> $LOGFILE

done

Save this script as smart_check.sh and make it executable:

chmod +x smart_check.sh

2. Schedule Automated Checks with Cron
Users can schedule the script to run daily or weekly using cron.
Open the cron editor:

crontab -e

Add a line to run the script every day at 2 AM:

0 2 * * * /path/to/smart_check.sh

Set Up Email Alerts for Failures
To receive email alerts if issues are detected, modify the script to check for critical SMART attributes and send an email if problems are found:

#!/bin/bash
LOGFILE=”/var/log/smart_check.log”
EMAIL=”[email protected]
echo “SMART Check – $(date)” >> $LOGFILE
for DRIVE in /dev/sd[a-z]; do
    smartctl -a $DRIVE | tee -a $LOGFILE | grep -i “Pre-fail\|Reallocated_Sector_Ct\|Power_On_Hours”
    smartctl -l farm $DRIVE >> $LOGFILE
done
# Email log if issues detected
if grep -q “Pre-fail\|Reallocated_Sector_Ct” $LOGFILE; then
    mail -s “SMART Error Detected on NAS” $EMAIL < $LOGFILE
fi

By leveraging SSH, Smartmontools, and automated monitoring, NAS users can go beyond surface-level diagnostics and ensure they are not just scraping the same potentially manipulated data, but actually verifying their drives’ true usage history.


How Desktop Windows users can Check and Verify the usage of the HDDs:

Desktop users can verify the SMART information and power-on hours of their hard drives using several tools, including Smartmontools 7.4+, CrystalDiskInfo, and Seagate’s Seatools. The easiest method is using CrystalDiskInfo, a free GUI-based tool for Windows that displays critical SMART attributes, including Power-On Hours (POH), Reallocated Sectors, and Drive Health Status. However, if a drive has been tampered with, its SMART data may have been reset, making further verification necessary.

For deeper inspection, users can install Smartmontools 7.4 or later, which provides advanced diagnostics, including FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values, which can reveal the drive’s true runtime history. To check SMART data, open a command prompt (or terminal in Linux/macOS) and run:

smartctl -a /dev/sdX

(replacing X with the correct drive letter) to view detailed SMART attributes. If the reported power-on hours seem too low or suspiciously reset, users can retrieve FARM values by running:

smartctl -l farm /dev/sdX

This command will reveal the actual power-on hours and potential prior usage, even if the SMART data was modified.

Alternatively, Seagate’s Seatools (available for Windows and Linux) can run extended drive diagnostics, check SMART status, and validate warranty details. Users can also enter their drive’s serial number into Seagate’s warranty checker tool to confirm if the drive was originally sold as part of a batch, which may indicate prior data center or enterprise use.


How Mac users can Check and Verify the usage of the HDDs:

Mac users can verify SMART data and power-on hours using Smartmontools 7.4+, Seagate’s Seatools for Linux (via a bootable drive), and third-party macOS utilities like DriveDx. Since macOS does not provide built-in SMART monitoring tools, users need to install Smartmontools via Homebrew by running:

brew install smartmontools

Once installed, users can check SMART attributes, including power-on hours (POH), by opening Terminal and running:

smartctl -a /dev/diskX

(replacing X with the correct disk identifier, which can be found using diskutil list). If the reported power-on hours appear suspiciously low, users can retrieve FARM (Field-Accessible Reliability Metrics) values by running:

smartctl -l farm /dev/diskX

This will reveal the true runtime history of the drive, even if the SMART data was manipulated to show zero or low usage.

For users who prefer a graphical interface, DriveDx is a third-party macOS tool that provides SMART data, health status, and power-on hours. However, DriveDx does not display FARM values, so Smartmontools remains the best option for deeper diagnostics.

Since Seagate’s Seatools is not available for macOS, users can create a bootable USB drive with a Linux live environment (such as Ubuntu), run Seatools from there, and check the drive’s SMART health and warranty status. Additionally, Mac users can enter their drive’s serial number into Seagate’s online warranty checker to confirm if the drive was originally part of a batch sale, which may indicate prior enterprise use.

It’s important to note that depending on your system, the directory paths and identifiers for your drives will vary significantly. So, even if 100 users all had the same hard drive model, if they deployed them in different NAS brands, desktop OSs, or even external enclosures, the directory paths and device names would be different. Keep that in mind.


Are only Seagate EXOS Hard Drives Affected?

The Exos series drives appear to be taking the brunt of the reporting here. Realistically, if this flood of dubiously classified new drives is true, then the Exos series is definitely not going to be the only drives impacted by this. Moreover, Seagate was not the only hard drive manufacturer that was pumping out large-capacity hard drives at 12TB, 14TB, 16TB, and 18TB during the peak of this particular crypto-mining industry change! I think it is only now, thanks to the correlation of reports by Heise, that any kind of through-line has been found that specifically targets one hard drive brand or model series. At best, it really comes down to the bad actors who are modifying the firmware on these drives having the financial incentive to do so on a larger scale on a different hard drive series that they happen to have their hands on. The modification process of the onboard firmware and SMART data on Seagate drives is largely identical to that of the process on WD or Toshiba hard drives, and therefore, it really once again comes down to a question of correlating reports of these fake new drives all being collected together.


How Has This Happened? How Did Used Hard Drives Enter the Supply Chain?

You might not know, but when you purchase a hard drive from your local retailer, that retailer almost certainly does not directly receive their stock of hard drives from the hard drive manufacturer in question. Ordinarily, hard drives, like a lot of electrical components, have a pre-established supply chain that retailers and e-commerce websites have to follow when selling their goods. With the exception of OEM companies who can buy from further up the chain and cloud/data centers like AWS and Google who can even buy right from the top, there are technically four layers in the supply chain of hard drives.

  1. The first part of the supply chain is the hard drive manufacturer itself, in this case, Seagate Technology, which manufactures the hard drives at one of its production facilities in numerous locations around the world.
  2. The next step in the supply chain is the Regional Distribution Centers (RDCs). These are the hubs where the hard drive brand sends its manufactured goods to be distributed to numerous smaller distribution centers across different countries.
  3. The next step is wholesalers and resellers. Sometimes resellers can also act as direct-to-end-user sales points, but the lines can get blurry depending on the quantity or device in question. Nevertheless, the majority of electronics and consumables (including hard drives) cannot be sold directly from this point to an end user and instead need to be funnelled to the final step in the chain—retail shops.
  4. Which brings us to the final step in the chain—traditional retail outlets on the high street and the e-commerce websites you choose to purchase from. These are the ones you’ll be most familiar with, and unfortunately, a lot of these are the same retailers that end users impacted by these mis-sold hard drives have as their initial point of contact.

The issue is that these used hard drives, which are being falsely marketed as new, have been introduced into the supply chain somewhere between steps two and four. Seagate has not had any involvement in their reintroduction into the supply chain. Somewhere along the line, these used drives were inserted into the system, and that is what Seagate is currently investigating. The retail outlet where an affected user purchased the drive has more than likely been completely unaware that they have been selling used drives as new. In most cases, these drives would have arrived in sealed retail packaging, and the retailers would have been reluctant to open up supposedly new products for testing, as doing so would immediately devalue the product in the eyes of their consumer and business buyer base.

Therefore, it is going to take time for Seagate to find the smoking gun and pinpoint which wholesaler, reseller, or distributor allowed these used drives to re-enter the supply chain.


Is Selling Used/Refurbished Hard Drives Illegal?

The sale of used, data center-grade, refurbished, or officially recertified drives is completely legal. Although Seagate, WD, and Toshiba would probably prefer to see the used hard drive market disappear, selling used drives is not illegal.

Many online retailers, including Amazon and Newegg, actively sell recertified and renewed drives—just as easily as brand-new ones.

The problem here is that these were used drives that were fraudulently mis-sold as brand new—and that IS illegal. In short, this is fraud, and the people selling these drives could be pursued for damages if customers lose data due to these drives failing far sooner than expected. That’s why any drive that isn’t new is required to be labeled as recertified, refurbished, or renewed. This ensures clarity for the buyer when making a purchasing decision.

That said, some sellers intentionally make it hard to determine if a drive is refurbished. For example, a Seagate IronWolf 12TB hard drive sold on Amazon’s “previously owned” listings might clearly state that it’s used—but it won’t mention that it was originally manufactured in 2017, meaning it could be 8 years old and already have tens of thousands of hours of prior use. It wouldn’t be so bad if the manufacturing date was displayed at the top of the listing, but instead, it’s buried deep in the product details. Bottom line: Selling used drives is not illegal. Selling used drives under the guise of being brand new is fraud—and highly illegal.


Is This Seagate’s Fault?

In all honesty, one could argue that Seagate is responsible for selling large volumes of high-capacity, data center-class hard drives to the original cryptocurrency farmers. However, this would be no different than selling the drives to any regular SMB, just a question of large-scale volume. Seagate is not responsible or in any way officially authorizing the reselling of its hard drives under the classification of new storage media. Additionally, the official partners that Seagate chooses to sell its goods through have almost certainly sold these drives with as much authentication between them and the distributors/resellers as possible. It could be argued that Seagate should personally step in at the supply chain level further down the chain to periodically check the health and condition of drives—much like a hard drive secret shopper—but that’s really about it. Right now, as long as Seagate commits to investigating how this occurred and acts upon what they find to ensure that mis-sold drives don’t enter the supply chain again, that’s about as far as I think this can go in terms of blaming Seagate. Realistically, we can’t lose sight of the fact that it is the fault of the bad actors who modified these hard drives in an effort to recover the original money spent on them before Chia farming collapsed. Wherever the entry point was that allowed these drives to re-enter the supply chain, that is what needs to be identified and stopped.


What Should I Do if I Believe my HDD was Missold?

If you believe that the hard drive in your NAS, server, or storage system was mis-sold to you as a brand-new drive when in fact it was heavily used, you need to contact your point of sale immediately. Tools such as Seagate’s own warranty checker allow you to enter the serial number of your hard drive into their database checker. Regardless of whether your hard drive is still under warranty, it will still highlight whether this is an official drive or not. Additionally, if you purchased a single drive that was sold as new, but upon entering the details into the warranty checker on Seagate’s website shows that this drive was part of a larger batch, this would imply that the drive you purchased was originally included in a larger server system previously—not unlike how a food or drink product is labeled as part of a multipack and not for individual resale. If a single drive that you purchased as brand-new is listed as originally part of a multi-drive system, it is highly recommended that you contact your retailer and/or raise this with Seagate directly for further investigation.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Not Getting 10GbE Speed? 20 Fixes and Solutions

Par : Rob Andrews
10 février 2025 à 18:00

20 Ways to Improve Your 10GbE Network Speeds

Upgrading to 10GbE networking should, in theory, allow you to achieve 1GB/s (1000MB/s) network speeds, unlocking ultra-fast data transfers for large files, backups, and high-performance applications. However, many users find that real-world performance falls far short of these expectations. Instead of the seamless, high-speed experience they anticipated, they encounter slower-than-expected speeds, inconsistent performance, and unexplained bottlenecks that limit throughput.

Whether you’re using a NAS, a 10GbE switch, or a direct PC-to-NAS connection, numerous factors can influence network performance. These can range from hardware limitations (such as underpowered CPUs, slow storage, or limited PCIe lanes) to misconfigured network settings (like incorrect MTU sizes, VLAN issues, or outdated drivers). Even the quality of your network cables and transceivers can play a crucial role in determining whether you’re getting the full 10GbE bandwidth or suffering from hidden bottlenecks.

In this guide, we’ll explore TWENTY common reasons why your 10GbE network might not be delivering full speeds, along with detailed fixes and optimizations for each issue. Each point is carefully explained, ensuring that you can identify, diagnose, and resolve the specific problems affecting your network performance. Whether you’re dealing with a NAS that isn’t reaching expected speeds, a 10GbE adapter that’s underperforming, or a switch that isn’t behaving as expected, this guide will help you troubleshoot step by step, so you can fully unlock the potential of your 10GbE network.


1. (Obvious one) Your Storage is Too Slow to Keep Up with 10GbE Speeds

The Problem:

One of the biggest misconceptions about 10GbE networking is that simply having a 10GbE network adapter means you will automatically get 1GB/s speeds. However, your actual storage performance is often the bottleneck. Most traditional hard drives (HDDs) have a sequential read/write speed of only 160-280MB/s, meaning that a single drive cannot fully saturate a 10GbE connection. Even with multiple HDDs in a RAID array, performance may still fall short of 1GB/s due to RAID overhead and the limitations of mechanical disks.

For example, if you have a 4-bay NAS with standard 7200RPM hard drives in RAID 5, you may only reach 500-600MB/s, which is half the potential of your 10GbE network. The situation gets worse if you are using RAID 6, as the additional parity calculations introduce a write performance penalty.

The Fix:

  • Switch to SSDs: If you need consistent 10GbE performance, you will need SSDs instead of HDDs. Even four SATA SSDs in RAID 5 can saturate a 10GbE connection (~1GB/s read/write).
  • Use NVMe Storage for Maximum Speeds: If your NAS supports NVMe SSDs, using them will provide 3-5GB/s speeds, which far exceeds 10GbE bandwidth.
  • Optimize RAID Configuration:
    • RAID 0 offers maximum speed, but no redundancy.
    • RAID 5 or RAID 10 is the best balance for speed and data protection.
    • RAID 6 is great for redundancy but can severely impact write performance.

How to Check Disk Speeds:

Run a disk speed test to verify if storage is the issue:

Windows (CrystalDiskMark)

  1. Download and install CrystalDiskMark.
  2. Select your storage volume (NAS drive, local SSD, etc.).
  3. Run a sequential read/write test.
  4. If speeds are below 1GB/s, your storage is the bottleneck.

Linux/macOS (dd Command)

dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/testfile bs=1G count=5 oflag=direct
  • This writes 5GB of data to test sequential write speeds.
  • Check the MB/s value after the test completes—if it’s below 1000MB/s, your storage is too slow.


2. Your SSDs or NVMe Drives Are Running at Lower PCIe Speeds

The Problem:

Even if your NAS or PC is using SSDs, you might not be getting full speeds due to PCIe lane limitations. Some NAS devices throttle M.2 NVMe SSDs to PCIe 3.0 x1 or x2, which caps speeds at 800-1600MB/s—not enough to fully saturate a 10GbE connection.

This issue is particularly common in budget-friendly NAS systems and motherboards where multiple M.2 slots share bandwidth with SATA ports or other PCIe devices. Even high-speed SSDs like the Samsung 980 Pro (7000MB/s rated speed) will be bottlenecked if placed in an underpowered slot.

The Fix:

  • Check PCIe Lane Assignments:
    • Some motherboards share PCIe lanes between M.2 slots and other components (e.g., GPU, SATA ports).
    • Move your NVMe SSD to a full x4 slot for maximum speed.

Linux/macOS (Check PCIe Speeds)

lspci -vvv | grep -i nvme
  • Look for PCIe x1 or PCIe x2—this means your SSDs are not running at full bandwidth.

Windows (Check with CrystalDiskInfo)

  1. Download CrystalDiskInfo.
  2. Look for the PCIe link speed in the SSD details.

If speeds are lower than expected, try moving the SSD to a different M.2 slot or checking BIOS settings to enable full PCIe bandwidth.


3. You’re Using DRAM-less SSDs (HMB-Only SSDs Can Throttle Speeds)

The Problem:

Not all SSDs are created equal. Some budget SSDs lack DRAM cache and instead rely on Host Memory Buffer (HMB), which offloads caching duties to system RAM. While this design helps reduce costs, it also means significantly lower sustained write performance.

For a single SSD, this might not be an issue, but in a RAID configuration, the problem worsens as multiple drives compete for system memory. DRAM-less SSDs also tend to overheat faster, leading to thermal throttling, further reducing performance.

The Fix:

  • Use SSDs with DRAM cache: High-performance SSDs like the Samsung 970 EVO, WD Black SN850, and Crucial P5 Plus have dedicated DRAM to prevent slowdowns.
  • Monitor SSD temperatures:
    • If SSDs are overheating (above 70°C), use heatsinks or active cooling.
  • Check SSD type in Windows:
    1. Open Device Manager → Expand Disk Drives.
    2. Search your SSD model online—if it lacks DRAM, it could be a performance bottleneck.


4. Your Switch is Not Actually 10GbE (Misleading Switch Descriptions)

The Problem:

Many users unknowingly purchase “10GbE” switches that only have limited 10GbE ports. Some switches advertise 10GbE speeds, but only one or two ports support it, while the rest run at 1GbE.

It’s also possible that your NAS or PC is plugged into a non-10GbE port, creating an invisible bottleneck.

The Fix:

  • Check the switch model’s specifications to confirm the number of true 10GbE ports.
  • Log into your switch’s admin panel and confirm the port speeds:
    • If using Netgear, Ubiquiti, or Cisco, log in and check the port status.
    • If using a managed switch, run the following command via SSH:
      show interfaces status
    • Look for 10G/10000M to confirm that the port is running at full speed.

Windows (Check Network Speed)

  1. Open Control Panel > Network and Sharing Center.
  2. Click on your 10GbE adapter → Check Speed (should show 10.0Gbps).

If your switch only has 1-2 ports at 10GbE, you may need to reconfigure your network layout or upgrade to a full 10GbE switch.


5. You’re Using the Wrong Ethernet Cables (Cat5e vs. Cat6/Cat7)

The Problem:

Not all Ethernet cables can handle 10GbE speeds over long distances. If you’re using Cat5e, performance drops significantly after 10 meters.

The Fix:

  • Use at least Cat6 for short runs (up to 30 meters).
  • Use Cat6a or Cat7 for long runs (30m+).
  • Inspect cables—cheap or old cables may not be rated for 10GbE.

How to Check Your Cable Type

  1. Look at the cable jacket—it should say Cat6, Cat6a, or Cat7.
  2. If the cable does not specify, assume it’s Cat5e and replace it.

If using fiber, make sure your SFP+ transceivers are rated for 10GbE—many cheap adapters are 1GbE only.


6. Your Network Adapter is Using the Wrong Driver or Firmware

The Problem:

Even if you have a 10GbE network adapter installed, outdated or incorrect drivers can limit speeds or cause inconsistent performance. Many network cards rely on manufacturer-specific drivers for optimal performance, but some operating systems may install generic drivers that lack key optimizations.

This issue is common with Intel, Mellanox, Broadcom, and Aquantia/AQC NICs—especially if they were installed manually or came pre-installed with a NAS or prebuilt server.

The Fix:

  1. Check your network adapter model:
    • Windows: Open Device Manager > Network Adapters and find your 10GbE NIC name.
    • Linux/macOS: Run the following command to list your installed NICs:
      lspci | grep Ethernet
  2. Update the driver manually:
    • Windows: Go to the manufacturer’s website (Intel, Broadcom, Mellanox, etc.) and download the latest driver.
    • Linux: Update using ethtool:
      sudo ethtool -i ethX # Replace ethX with your network interface
  3. Check and update NIC firmware: Some network cards require a firmware update for full 10GbE support. Many Aquantia NICs, for example, need firmware updates to fix link speed negotiation issues.
  4. Ensure your OS isn’t using a generic driver:
    • In Windows, open Device Manager, right-click the NIC, and select Properties > Driver. If it says Microsoft Generic Adapter, update it manually.
    • In Linux, check driver details with:
      ethtool -i ethX

      If the driver is a generic kernel driver, install the manufacturer’s official driver.


7. MTU (Jumbo Frames) is Not Set Correctly

The Problem:

By default, most network devices use a 1500-byte MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit). However, 10GbE networks can benefit from larger packet sizes (9000 bytes, known as Jumbo Frames). If one device has Jumbo Frames enabled but another doesn’t, packets get fragmented, leading to lower speeds, higher latency, and increased CPU usage.

The Fix:

  1. Enable Jumbo Frames (MTU 9000) on All Devices:
    • Windows:
      • Go to Control Panel > Network and Sharing Center > Change Adapter Settings.
      • Right-click your 10GbE adapter, select Properties > Configure > Advanced.
      • Set Jumbo Frame / MTU to 9000.
    • Linux/macOS:
      sudo ifconfig ethX mtu 9000
    • NAS:
      • Synology: Go to Control Panel > Network > Interfaces > Edit and set MTU to 9000.
      • QNAP: Go to Network & Virtual Switch > Interfaces > Jumbo Frames.
  2. Check MTU Settings on Your Switch:
    • If your switch does not support MTU 9000, disable Jumbo Frames or upgrade the switch.
  3. Verify MTU Configuration:
    • Run a ping test with large packets:
      ping -f -l 8972 NAS_IP

      If the packets fragment, MTU isn’t properly configured.


8. Your NAS or PC CPU is Too Weak to Handle 10GbE Traffic

The Problem:

Even if you have fast storage and a 10GbE adapter, a low-power CPU can bottleneck network performance. Many NAS devices use ARM-based or low-end Intel CPUs (e.g., Celeron, Atom, or N-series processors) that struggle to handle high-speed transfers, encryption, or multi-user traffic.

For example, some budget NAS units advertise 10GbE connectivity, but their CPU is too weak to push consistent 1GB/s speeds—especially if multiple users are accessing data simultaneously.

The Fix:

  • Check NAS CPU specs:
    • If your NAS has a quad-core ARM or low-end Intel CPU, it may not be capable of full 10GbE speeds.
  • Monitor CPU Usage:
    • Windows: Open Task Manager > Performance and check if the CPU is maxed out during transfers.
    • Linux/macOS: Use:
      top
  • Disable resource-heavy background tasks:
    • Stop or schedule RAID scrubbing, snapshots, virus scans, and indexing during off-hours.
  • Use an x86 NAS with a high-performance CPU:
    • Intel Core i3/i5, Ryzen, or Xeon-based NAS units handle 10GbE much better than Celeron/ARM-based models.


9. VLAN, QoS, or Network Prioritization is Throttling Your 10GbE Traffic

The Problem:

If you’re using a managed switch or router, incorrect VLAN (Virtual LAN) or QoS (Quality of Service) settings may be limiting your 10GbE speeds. Some switches automatically assign lower priority to high-bandwidth devices, throttling performance.

The Fix:

  1. Check VLAN settings:
    • If your 10GbE NAS or PC is in a VLAN with limited bandwidth, remove it from that VLAN or adjust the priority settings.
  2. Disable or Adjust QoS Settings:
    • Log into your switch’s admin panel and look for QoS (Quality of Service) settings.
    • If enabled, check if bandwidth limits are applied to your 10GbE ports.
    • In some switches (e.g., Ubiquiti, Netgear, Cisco), set QoS priority for 10GbE devices to “High”.
  3. Run a Speed Test Without VLAN or QoS:
    • Temporarily disable VLAN/QoS, then test file transfer speeds again.

If speeds improve, your VLAN/QoS settings were throttling your network.


10. Background Processes or Other Network Devices Are Consuming Bandwidth

The Problem:

If you’re not getting full 10GbE speeds, it’s possible that another device is using the NAS at the same time. Even if your PC or NAS seems idle, background tasks like cloud syncing, automated backups, Plex transcoding, or surveillance camera recording can consume CPU, storage I/O, and network bandwidth.

The Fix:

  1. Check if other devices are using the NAS:
    • Windows: Open Task Manager > Network and check if any background processes are consuming bandwidth.
    • Linux/macOS: Use:
      iftop -i ethX
    • On your NAS, check if:
      • Plex or media servers are streaming.
      • Security cameras are recording to the NAS.
      • Backups/snapshots are running in the background.
  2. Pause Background Tasks:
    • Temporarily disable cloud syncing, RAID scrubbing, and backups, then retest network speeds.
  3. Run an IPerf Network Speed Test:
    • Windows/Linux:
      • On NAS:
        iperf3 -s
      • On PC:
        iperf3 -c NAS_IP -P 4
    • If IPerf shows 1GB/s speeds but file transfers don’t, then background processes or storage limitations are the issue.


11. Your SFP+ Transceiver or Media Converter is Bottlenecking Performance

The Problem:

If you’re using SFP+ transceivers or fiber-to-RJ45 media converters, they might not be running at full 10GbE speeds. Many budget-friendly SFP+ modules are actually 1GbE-only or have compatibility issues with certain switches and NICs. Additionally, some fiber-to-copper converters (e.g., cheap third-party models) overheat quickly, leading to throttling and slow speeds.

The Fix:

  1. Check Your SFP+ Transceiver Rating:
    • Run the following command on a Linux-based NAS or switch:
      ethtool ethX
    • If the output shows 1000Mbps instead of 10000Mbps, your SFP+ module is not running at full speed.
  2. Use Verified SFP+ Modules:
    • Stick to brand-certified transceivers (e.g., Intel, Mellanox, Cisco, Ubiquiti, MikroTik).
    • Generic eBay/Amazon SFP+ transceivers may not properly negotiate at 10GbE.
  3. Check for Overheating:
    • Touch the transceiver—if it’s too hot to hold, it may be thermal throttling.
    • Consider active cooling (small heatsinks or airflow near the module).
  4. Verify Media Converters:
    • Some cheap SFP-to-RJ45 converters cap speeds at 5GbE or lower.
    • Try swapping the converter for a direct 10GbE-capable SFP+ transceiver.

12. Your PCIe Slot is Throttling Your 10GbE NIC

The Problem:

Your 10GbE network card (NIC) might be plugged into a PCIe slot that doesn’t provide full bandwidth. Some motherboards limit secondary PCIe slots to x1 or x2 speeds, which reduces network performance significantly.

For example:

  • A PCIe 2.0 x1 slot only supports 500MB/s, far below 10GbE speeds.
  • A PCIe 3.0 x4 slot is required for full 10GbE performance.

The Fix:

  1. Check PCIe Slot Assignment:
    • Windows: Use HWiNFO64 or Device Manager to check PCIe link speed.
    • Linux/macOS: Run:
      lspci -vvv | grep -i ethernet

      If it says PCIe x1, your NIC is bottlenecked.

  2. Move the 10GbE NIC to a Better Slot:
    • Use a PCIe 3.0/4.0 x4 or x8 slot for full bandwidth.
    • Avoid chipset-controlled PCIe slots, as they share bandwidth with SATA, USB, and other devices.
  3. Enable Full PCIe Speed in BIOS:
    • Go to BIOS > Advanced Settings > PCIe Configuration.
    • Set the slot to “Gen 3” or “Gen 4” (depending on your motherboard).


13. SMB or NFS Protocol Overhead is Slowing Transfers

The Problem:

If you’re transferring files over a mapped network drive (SMB/NFS), protocol overhead can reduce real-world speeds. Windows SMB, in particular, can limit large file transfers due to encryption, signing, or buffer settings.

The Fix:

  1. Enable SMB Multichannel for Faster Transfers (Windows):
    • Open PowerShell as Administrator and run:
      powershell
      Set-SmbClientConfiguration -EnableMultiChannel $true
    • This allows multiple TCP connections for higher throughput.
  2. Disable SMB Signing (If Safe to Do So):
    • Windows:
      powershell
      Set-SmbClientConfiguration -RequireSecuritySignature $false
    • Linux:
      Add the following line to /etc/fstab when mounting an SMB share:
      ini
      vers=3.0,seal=no
  3. Try NFS Instead of SMB (If Using Linux/macOS):
    • SMB can be slow for large sequential transfers.
    • NFS performs better for 10GbE direct-attached storage (NAS to PC).
  4. Use iSCSI for Direct Storage Access:
    • If your NAS supports iSCSI, mount an iSCSI target for block-level access, which can be much faster than SMB/NFS.

14. Your Router or Network Switch is Blocking Full Speeds

The Problem:

Many consumer-grade routers and switches have built-in traffic management features that can throttle high-speed connections. Even some high-end managed switches may have bandwidth limits, VLAN misconfigurations, or QoS settings that restrict speeds.

The Fix:

  1. Disable Traffic Shaping or QoS:
    • On a managed switch, log in and disable bandwidth limits on your 10GbE ports.
    • On a router, look for:
      • Smart QoS / Traffic Prioritization (disable it).
      • Bandwidth Limiting (set to unlimited).
  2. Check VLAN Configuration:
    • If your NAS and PC are in different VLANs, traffic might be routed through the main router, slowing speeds.
    • Move both devices into the same VLAN for direct 10GbE connectivity.
  3. Ensure Your Switch Supports Full 10GbE Throughput:
    • Some low-end 10GbE switches have an internal bandwidth cap.
    • Example: A switch with five 10GbE ports but only a 20Gbps internal backplane will throttle performance under heavy load.

15. Windows Power Management is Throttling Your 10GbE Card

The Problem:

Windows Power Management settings may be automatically throttling your 10GbE network adapter to save energy. This can cause inconsistent speeds and unexpected slowdowns.

The Fix:

  1. Disable Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE):
    • Open Device Manager → Expand Network Adapters → Right-click your 10GbE adapterProperties.
    • Under the Advanced tab, find “Energy-Efficient Ethernet” and set it to Disabled.
  2. Set Windows Power Plan to High Performance:
    • Open Control Panel > Power Options.
    • Select High Performance (or Ultimate Performance if available).
  3. Disable CPU Power Throttling:
    • Open PowerShell as Administrator and run:
      powershell
      powercfg -setactive SCHEME_MIN
    • This forces Windows to prioritize performance over power saving.
  4. Check for Interrupt Moderation & Adaptive Inter-Frame Spacing:
    • In Device Manager, under the Advanced tab of your 10GbE adapter, disable:
      • Interrupt Moderation
      • Adaptive Inter-Frame Spacing


16. Your NAS or PC is Routing Traffic Through the Wrong Network (Subnet Mismatch)

The Problem:

Even if you have a direct 10GbE connection between your NAS and PC, your operating system might still route traffic through a slower network interface (e.g., a 1GbE connection or even Wi-Fi). This can happen if your system prioritizes the wrong network adapter, or if your NAS and PC are on different subnets, causing traffic to be routed through a slower router or switch instead of using the direct 10GbE link.

For example:

  • Your NAS has two network interfaces:
    • 10GbE: 192.168.2.10
    • 1GbE: 192.168.1.10
  • Your PC has two interfaces:
    • 10GbE: 192.168.2.20
    • Wi-Fi: 192.168.1.50

If your PC is trying to reach the NAS using the 1GbE or Wi-Fi address, it may bypass the 10GbE connection entirely, leading to slow speeds.

The Fix:

  1. Ensure Both Devices Are on the Same Subnet
    • Assign both 10GbE interfaces an IP in the same range (e.g., 192.168.2.x).
    • Set the 1GbE and Wi-Fi interfaces to a different subnet (e.g., 192.168.1.x).
  2. Manually Set the 10GbE Network as the Preferred Route
    • Windows (CMD – Run as Administrator):
      powershell
      netsh interface ipv4 set interface "10GbE Adapter Name" metric=1
    • Linux/macOS:
      sudo ip route add 192.168.2.0/24 dev ethX metric 10
    • A lower metric prioritizes the 10GbE connection over slower networks.
  3. Check Active Routes to Ensure 10GbE is Being Used
    • Windows:
      powershell
      route print
    • Linux/macOS:
      ip route show
    • Look for 192.168.2.x going through the 10GbE adapter. If another network is being used, adjust the routing table.


17. Your SATA Controller is Bottlenecking Multiple Drives

The Problem:

Even if you have fast SSDs or multiple hard drives in RAID, the SATA controller inside your NAS or PC might be the bottleneck. Some budget NAS units and lower-end PC motherboards use cheap SATA controllers (e.g., JMicron, ASMedia, Marvel) that bottleneck total disk throughput.

For example:

  • Your NAS or PC has six SATA ports, but they are all routed through a single PCIe 2.0 x1 controller (which has a max bandwidth of 500MB/s).
  • Even though each SSD is capable of 500MB/s, the total throughput is capped by the controller’s bandwidth.

The Fix:

  1. Check the SATA Controller in Use:
    • Windows (Device Manager): Expand Storage Controllers and check the SATA controller manufacturer.
    • Linux/macOS:
      lspci | grep SATA
    • If you see JMicron, ASMedia, or Marvel, you might have a bandwidth-limited controller.
  2. Use an HBA (Host Bus Adapter) Instead
    • If your motherboard or NAS has limited SATA bandwidth, install a dedicated LSI/Broadcom HBA card (e.g., LSI 9211-8i, LSI 9300-8i) to get full-speed SATA connectivity.
  3. Check the SATA Backplane in NAS Enclosures
    • Some NAS enclosures have a shared SATA controller for all drives, limiting total speed.
    • If possible, upgrade to a NAS with multiple SATA controllers or use NVMe SSDs instead.

18. Your System’s TCP/IP Stack is Not Optimized for High-Speed Transfers

The Problem:

By default, most operating systems have conservative TCP settings that are optimized for 1GbE networks, but not for high-speed 10GbE connections. Without proper tuning, TCP window size, congestion control, and buffer settings can limit data transfer rates over high-bandwidth connections.

The Fix:

Windows: Optimize TCP Settings via PowerShell

  1. Enable TCP Window Auto-Tuning:
    powershell
    netsh int tcp set global autotuninglevel=normal
  2. Enable Receive Side Scaling (RSS) to Use Multiple CPU Cores:
    powershell
    Set-NetAdapterRss -Name "10GbE Adapter Name" -Enabled $true
  3. Increase TCP Receive Buffers:
    powershell
    netsh int tcp set global rss=enabled
    netsh int tcp set global ecncapability=disabled
    netsh int tcp set global chimney=enabled

Linux/macOS: Increase TCP Buffers

Edit /etc/sysctl.conf and add:

net.core.rmem_max = 67108864
net.core.wmem_max = 67108864
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem = 4096 87380 67108864
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem = 4096 65536 67108864

Then apply the changes:

sudo sysctl -p

19. Antivirus or Firewall Software is Interfering with Network Speeds

The Problem:

Many antivirus and firewall programs scan all incoming and outgoing network traffic, which can significantly slow down 10GbE speeds. Some intrusion prevention systems (IPS), such as those in Sophos, Norton, Bitdefender, and Windows Defender, can introduce latency and CPU overhead when processing large file transfers.

The Fix:

  1. Temporarily Disable Your Antivirus/Firewall and Run a File Transfer Test
    • If speeds improve, your security software is causing the slowdown.
  2. Whitelist Your NAS or 10GbE Connection in Security Software
    • Add your NAS IP address as an exclusion in your antivirus or firewall settings.
  3. Disable Real-Time Scanning for Large File Transfers
    • In Windows Defender:
      • Open Windows Security → Go to Virus & Threat Protection.
      • Under Exclusions, add your NAS drive or network adapter.
  4. Check for Router-Level Security Features
    • Some routers have Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) or Intrusion Prevention (IPS) enabled, which can slow down traffic.
    • Log into your router’s admin panel and disable unnecessary security features for local transfers.

20. Your Network is Experiencing Microburst Congestion (Overloaded Buffers)

The Problem:

Some 10GbE switches have limited packet buffers, causing microburst congestion when multiple devices transfer data simultaneously. This results in random slowdowns, packet loss, and jitter, even if total traffic is well below 10GbE capacity.

The Fix:

  1. Enable Flow Control on Your Switch
    • Log into the switch’s admin panel.
    • Enable 802.3x Flow Control on your 10GbE ports.
  2. Use a Higher-Quality Switch with Larger Buffers
    • Some cheap 10GbE switches have small packet buffers, leading to congestion.
    • Consider an enterprise-grade switch (e.g., Netgear XS716T, Cisco SG550X, Ubiquiti EdgeSwitch).
  3. Monitor Switch Traffic for Spikes
    • Use iftop or Wireshark to monitor packet loss or delays.
    • If needed, upgrade your switch to one with better buffering.


📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

 

Terramaster F6-424 NAS Review Max

Par : Rob Andrews
8 février 2025 à 18:00

TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – LET’S GET SERIOUS?

Update – The Terramaster F6-424 Max NAS is NOW Available HERE on Amazon for $999

As TerraMaster continues to push the boundaries of affordable yet high-performance NAS devices, the F6-424 Max stands out as a flagship model designed to cater to the needs of power users, small businesses, and home lab enthusiasts. Released in September 2024 at a price point of $999.99, the F6-424 Max builds upon TerraMaster’s reputation for offering hardware that rivals premium competitors like Synology and QNAP but at a more accessible price. At the heart of this NAS is an Intel Core i5-1235U, a 10-core, 12-thread CPU that promises to handle everything from virtualization to media transcoding with ease. Coupled with dual M.2 NVMe slots, two 10GbE network ports, and support for up to 64GB of DDR5 memory, the F6-424 Max is aimed at users who require not just storage but also serious compute power.

Before diving into the detailed review of the F6-424 Max, it’s essential to understand how this model compares to its siblings, the smaller capacity F6-424, F4-424 and the F4-424 Pro. Each of these NAS units targets different segments of the market, from home users and enthusiasts to businesses requiring more power. Let’s take a closer look at the key differences between the F6-424, F6-424 Pro, and F6-424 Max.


TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – Quick Conclusion

The TerraMaster F6-424 Max is a robust 6-bay NAS system that offers a powerful mix of features and flexibility for a wide range of tasks. Powered by the Intel i5-1235U CPU with 10 cores and 12 threads, the F6-424 Max excels at resource-intensive applications such as Plex media streaming, 4K hardware transcoding, and virtual machine hosting. Its dual M.2 NVMe slots running at PCIe Gen 4 speeds significantly improve storage performance, especially when used for caching, while the two 10GbE ports offer high-speed networking environments, allowing for 20Gbps throughput via link aggregation.

In terms of software, TOS 6 brings notable improvements, although it still lags behind the more polished ecosystems of Synology DSM and QNAP QTS. That said, TerraMaster’s continuous software evolution with each new version of TOS ensures that users have access to more robust tools and security features. For its price point of $999, the F6-424 Max is a compelling option for those seeking high-performance NAS solutions with scalability in mind. While the Pro model offers competitive performance, the Max takes it a step further with advanced networking, making it ideal for environments where speed is a priority.

SOFTWARE - 6/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 9/10


8.0
PROS
👍🏻Powerful Hardware: Intel i5-1235U with 10 cores and 12 threads for resource-heavy tasks.
👍🏻Dual 10GbE Ports: High-speed networking capabilities with link aggregation for up to 20Gbps, ideal for large file transfers.
👍🏻PCIe Gen 4 NVMe Support: Two M.2 NVMe slots offering exceptional performance for caching or additional high-speed storage.
👍🏻Efficient Cooling: The large 120mm fan ensures quiet and effective cooling, making it suitable for home and office environments.
👍🏻Improved TOS 6 Software: Enhancements in GUI, backup tools, and overall security bring TOS closer to its competitors.
CONS
👎🏻Higher Price Tag: At just under $1K, it’s more expensive than TerraMaster’s other models, which may deter budget-conscious buyers.
👎🏻No PCIe Expansion: Lack of a PCIe slot limits potential for future upgrades, such as adding 10GbE cards or more M.2 drives.
👎🏻Presentation: The software has improved a lot, but still feels inconsistent in places compared with alternatives from brands such as Synology and QNAP.


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

Where to Buy?

Terramaster F6-424 Max ($899 Amazon)HERETerramaster F6-424 Max ($799 Aliexpress) – HERE


 

TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – Hardware TL;DR

The F6-424 Max is equipped with some of the most powerful hardware seen in a domestic 6-bay NAS from TerraMaster. Here’s a detailed breakdown of the key hardware components:

Component Specification
Processor Intel i5-1235U (10 cores, 12 threads, 1.3GHz base, 4.4GHz boost)
Memory 8GB DDR5 (expandable up to 64GB)
Drive Bays 6x 3.5”/2.5” SATA (hot-swappable, up to 144TB total)
M.2 NVMe Slots 2x PCIe Gen 4 x4 (for caching or additional storage)
Networking 2x 10GbE RJ45 (supports link aggregation)
USB Ports 2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, 1x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C
HDMI 1x HDMI 2.0 (4K at 60Hz)
Cooling 1x 120mm fan (smart cooling system with multiple speeds)
Power Consumption 35W (idle), 70W (under full load)
Chassis Dimensions 222 x 179 x 154 mm
Weight 3.6 kg

The Intel i5-1235U is the real powerhouse of the F6-424 Max, combining two performance cores with eight efficiency cores for excellent multi-threaded performance. Whether you’re running virtual machines, AI workloads, or 4K Plex streams, this processor handles it all with ease. The 8GB of DDR5 memory is a solid starting point, but the system can support up to 64GB for users with more demanding needs.

Another key hardware feature is the dual 10GbE network ports, which offer more than just fast networking—they enable link aggregation to provide up to 20Gbps of network throughput. This makes the F6-424 Max perfect for video editing teams, large backups, or any environment requiring high-speed network transfers.


TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – Chassis Design

The F6-424 Max arrives in a sleek, modern chassis that is not only visually appealing but also highly functional. The design has evolved significantly from TerraMaster’s older NAS models, taking cues from premium brands like Synology and QNAP. The brushed matte black plastic gives it a professional look while the ventilation design has been carefully optimized to improve airflow.

One of the standout features of the chassis is the dual 80mm fans at the rear of the unit. This fan works in tandem with the ventilated side panels, which are adorned with the TerraMaster logo, to ensure that the system remains cool even under heavy loads. The fans operate quietly, thanks to its smart cooling system, which adjusts fan speeds based on the internal temperature of the NAS.

The drive bays are hot-swappable and feature tool-less installation, making it incredibly easy to add or replace drives. The drive trays are constructed from durable plastic, and while they may feel a bit less premium compared to metal trays, they securely hold both 3.5” and 2.5” SATA drives. The trays slide effortlessly into the SATA connectors, and an intuitive push-to-lock mechanism prevents accidental ejection during operation.

On the front of the NAS, the LED indicators for system status, drive health, and network activity are discreet but easy to read. However, one minor complaint is the absence of a front-facing USB port, which could have made external drive backups or peripheral connections more convenient.


TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – Ports and Connections

The F6-424 Max comes packed with a variety of ports that make it a versatile system for both high-speed networking and peripheral connections. The most significant feature is the dual 10GbE ports, which allow for link aggregation, effectively doubling your network bandwidth to 20Gbps when connected to a compatible switch. This level of networking is particularly useful for users handling large data transfers, 4K video editing, or multiple virtual machines.

In addition to the 10GbE ports, the NAS includes three USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports, two of which are Type-A and one Type-C. These ports provide data transfer speeds of up to 10Gbps, making them perfect for connecting external storage devices or peripherals like printers or USB drives. One of the notable improvements in this model is the inclusion of the USB Type-C port, which adds an extra layer of versatility for modern devices.

The HDMI 2.0 port supports 4K video output at 60Hz, which is ideal for users who wish to use the NAS for multimedia purposes or need a direct console for diagnostics and maintenance. However, it’s important to note that TerraMaster still hasn’t implemented a local GUI platform like QNAP’s HD Station or Asustor Portal, so the HDMI port is mostly useful for users running third-party operating systems like UnRAID or TrueNAS.

Overall, the port layout of the F6-424 Max is well-suited for high-performance environments but lacks some of the extra features—such as PCIe expansion or additional USB ports—that would make it even more versatile for advanced users.


TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – Internal Hardware and PCIe Lanes

Opening up the F6-424 Max reveals a well-organized internal layout with some serious hardware under the hood. One of the most impressive aspects of the design is the integration of PCIe Gen 4 lanes, which significantly boosts the performance potential of the system. The Intel i5-1235U processor comes equipped with 20 PCIe lanes, and TerraMaster has used these lanes effectively to ensure that the NAS delivers exceptional I/O performance.

The two M.2 NVMe slots are directly connected via PCIe Gen 4 x4, which means that each slot can support full Gen 4 speeds of up to 8GB/s per drive. This is a massive improvement over the previous Gen 3 models, which were limited to 4GB/s. These NVMe slots can be used for caching, allowing users to speed up read/write operations when using slower mechanical drives in the main six bays, or they can be used as standalone storage pools for data-intensive tasks.

However, TerraMaster could have taken the hardware to the next level by offering a PCIe expansion slot. Many competitors in this price range, such as QNAP and Asustor, include a PCIe slot for adding additional network cards, SSDs, or Thunderbolt expansion cards. While the F6-424 Max is already a strong performer, the lack of expansion options could be a limiting factor for users who require more versatility from their NAS.

In terms of power efficiency, the F6-424 Max is highly optimized for its hardware class. Under full load, it draws around 70W, which is impressive considering the performance it delivers. The passive cooling on the Intel i5 CPU, combined with the large rear fan, ensures that the system remains cool without excessive noise or power consumption.


TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – TOS Software

Review of the TOS 6 software (in Beta) HERE

With the release of TOS 6, TerraMaster has made great strides in enhancing the functionality and usability of its NAS systems. TOS 6 offers improved snapshot capabilities, better backup management, and enhanced support for cloud synchronization services like Google Drive, Dropbox, and Amazon S3. This means users can seamlessly synchronize their local NAS data with cloud storage, providing a layer of protection against data loss.

Another notable feature of TOS 6 is TRAID, TerraMaster’s flexible RAID configuration system, which allows users to combine disks of different sizes while still benefiting from redundancy. This is comparable to Synology’s Hybrid RAID (SHR), making it easier to expand storage in the future without being tied to identical drives. Additionally, TOS 6 supports AES 256-bit encryption, ensuring that sensitive data is protected both in transit and at rest.

However, while TOS 6 has seen significant improvements, it still lacks some of the advanced features found in Synology DSM or QNAP QTS. For example, TerraMaster’s photo management app (Terra Photos) is still in its beta phase and lacks the advanced AI-driven organization features of Synology Moments or QNAP QuMagie. Additionally, while Plex Media Server runs smoothly on the F6-424 Max, TerraMaster’s native multimedia tools are not as polished, making it less appealing for users who rely heavily on NAS-based multimedia management.


TerraMaster F6-424 Max NAS Review – Conclusion and Verdict

The TerraMaster F6-424 Max is a standout NAS system in TerraMaster’s lineup, offering impressive hardware specifications and solid performance at a price point of $999.99. For users who need high-speed data transfers, intensive compute power, and flexibility in storage configurations, the F6-424 Max is an excellent option. The combination of the Intel i5-1235U CPU, dual 10GbE ports, and PCIe Gen 4 NVMe support ensures that the NAS can handle even the most demanding tasks, whether it’s virtualization, media transcoding, or large-scale backups.

That said, when compared to the F4-424 Max, which is priced at $799.99, the Max model offers significantly more networking power and potential for speed. However, the Pro model still provides fantastic performance for most home and small office users, making it a more budget-friendly alternative for those who don’t require 10GbE or advanced NVMe functionality.

In terms of software, Synology DSM and QNAP QTS are still more evolved, offering richer multimedia experiences and better integration for business applications. However, TOS 6 continues to improve with every iteration, closing the gap between TerraMaster and these larger players. With new features like TRAID, cloud sync, and improved snapshot management, TOS is becoming more user-friendly and robust. For users prioritizing performance, flexibility, and future-proofing, the F6-424 Max is a strong contender and offers excellent value for money. While there are areas where TerraMaster could improve, such as the lack of PCIe expansion and front-facing USB ports, the F6-424 Max delivers on its promise of high performance and scalable storage solutions.

PROS CONS
  • Powerful Hardware: Intel i5-1235U with 10 cores and 12 threads for resource-heavy tasks.
  • Dual 10GbE Ports: High-speed networking capabilities with link aggregation for up to 20Gbps, ideal for large file transfers.
  • PCIe Gen 4 NVMe Support: Two M.2 NVMe slots offering exceptional performance for caching or additional high-speed storage.
  • Efficient Cooling: The large 120mm fan ensures quiet and effective cooling, making it suitable for home and office environments.
  • Improved TOS 6 Software: Enhancements in GUI, backup tools, and overall security bring TOS closer to its competitors.
  • Higher Price Tag: At just under $1K, it’s more expensive than TerraMaster’s other models, which may deter budget-conscious buyers.
  • No PCIe Expansion: Lack of a PCIe slot limits potential for future upgrades, such as adding 10GbE cards or more M.2 drives.
  • Presentation: The software has improved a lot, but still feels inconsistent in places compared with alternatives from brands such as Synology and QNAP.

Click the link below to take you to your local Amazon store and where to buy the terramaster F6-424 Max NAS.

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle


Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

Lincstation S1 NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
5 février 2025 à 18:00

The Lincstation S1 NAS Review – REAL Turnkey UnRAID NAS?

The network-attached storage (NAS) market continues to expand, with an increasing number of brands stepping into the space with new and innovative solutions. One such emerging brand is Lincplus, known for its affordable tech offerings, including the Lincstation N1 released in 2024. Now, they are back with the Lincstation S1, a four-bay SATA NAS with additional M.2 NVMe support and an integrated UnRAID license. The S1 is designed to offer an accessible, compact, and efficient NAS solution for home users, enthusiasts, and small businesses. But does it deliver on its promises? Let’s take a deep dive into this new NAS device and see how it stacks up.


Lincstation S1 NAS – Specifications

The Lincstation S1 features an Intel Alder Lake-N N97 processor, designed to balance efficiency and performance for NAS applications. It comes with 8GB of DDR5 SODIMM memory, which is upgradeable for users needing additional RAM for virtualization or heavy workloads. The system also includes 128GB of eMMC storage for the operating system, ensuring quick boot-up and consistent system performance. For primary storage, the Lincstation S1 has four SATA 3.0 bays, supporting both 3.5-inch hard drives and 2.5-inch SSDs for flexible configurations. Additionally, it has two M.2 NVMe slots, allowing users to leverage high-speed SSDs for caching or fast-access storage. These storage options make the device suitable for users looking to balance capacity, performance, and affordability in a NAS system. The system provides two 2.5GbE LAN ports, which offer faster network speeds compared to standard Gigabit Ethernet connections. It also features multiple USB ports, including two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C, and two USB 2.0 for external storage and peripheral connectivity. Additionally, the inclusion of an HDMI 2.0 port enables direct output, which can be useful for multimedia applications, direct system access, or virtual machine monitoring.

Specification Lincstation S1
Processor Intel Alder Lake-N N97 (Quad-Core, up to 3.6GHz)
Memory 8GB DDR5 SODIMM (Upgradeable)
Storage (OS) 128GB eMMC
Storage (SATA) 4 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA III bays
Storage (NVMe) 2 x M.2 NVMe 2280 SSD slots (PCIe Gen 3 x1)
Networking 2 x 2.5GbE RJ45
USB Ports 2 x USB Type-C 10Gbps, 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, 2 x USB 2.0
Video Output 1 x HDMI 2.0 (4K 60Hz)
Cooling Active Cooling System with Bottom Fan
Power Supply 120W External PSU (Barrel-type Connector)
Operating System UnRAID (Pre-installed, 1-year license included)
Chassis Material Metal & Plastic Hybrid
Dimensions Compact Desktop Form Factor
Weight TBD

Lincstation S1 NAS – Quick Conclusion

The Lincstation S1 NAS aims to provide a versatile and cost-effective NAS solution, particularly for those interested in an UnRAID-based system. It delivers solid hardware specifications, particularly with its dual M.2 NVMe support, 2.5GbE networking, and modular expandability. While the device lacks 10GbE and PCIe expansion, its efficient design and bundled UnRAID license make it an appealing option for both beginners and experienced users.

SOFTWARE - 9/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 8/10


8.2
PROS
👍🏻Affordable price for a hybrid HDD/SSD NAS
👍🏻Includes a pre-installed UnRAID license (1-year)
👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE ports for aggregated speeds up to 5GbE
👍🏻Expandable RAM (8GB DDR5 SODIMM, upgradeable)
👍🏻Multiple high-speed USB ports (USB 3.2 Gen 2, USB-C 10Gbps)
👍🏻Supports both HDDs and SSDs for flexible storage configurations
👍🏻Low power consumption and efficient cooling system
CONS
👎🏻No 10GbE networking option
👎🏻No PCIe slot for expansion
👎🏻NVMe slots limited to PCIe Gen 3×1 speeds
👎🏻UnRAID hardware control is not as straightforward as some other turnkey NAS options in the market

Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤


Lincstation S1 NAS – Packaging

Since the Lincstation S1 is still in its prototype stage, the final retail packaging is yet to be confirmed. However, the unit reviewed included the S1 NAS device itself, a 120W external power supply, a first-time setup guide, and an UnRAID license scratch card. While the absence of an Ethernet cable might be a minor inconvenience for some users, the packaging remains minimalist and functional.

The external power supply is well-built and designed for efficient heat dissipation, reducing the likelihood of overheating. Unlike some NAS devices with internal power supplies, the external design of the S1’s PSU helps maintain a cooler overall system temperature. This approach is particularly beneficial for compact NAS units, where space constraints and airflow management are crucial considerations.

Although the packaging is simple, it is clear that Lincplus has focused on practicality and efficiency rather than elaborate retail presentation. The compact nas box ensures minimal wasted space,. As the device nears final production, there may be some refinements in the retail kit, such as additional accessories or improvements to setup documentation. It’s still to early to judge!


Lincstation S1 NAS – Design & Build

The Lincstation S1 sports a modern and compact tower design, making it distinct from traditional horizontal NAS enclosures. It features a combination of metal and plastic construction, which enhances durability while keeping the overall weight manageable

The design also prioritizes modular access, allowing users to easily upgrade or replace components when needed.

The four SATA drive bays are located on the top of the unit, providing hot-swap functionality for easy drive replacement. On the side panel, users will find two M.2 NVMe slots, each equipped with a built-in heatsink to aid in thermal management.

The tool-less installation mechanism further simplifies the setup process, making drive installations more accessible to all users.

To support cooling efficiency, the S1 includes a large bottom-mounted system fan, which actively draws air through the chassis to maintain optimal temperatures.

The LCD panel on the front provides basic system information, though some integration issues with UnRAID still need refinement. Despite being a prototype, the build quality and design choices reflect an emphasis on functionality and long-term reliability.


Lincstation S1 NAS – Ports & Connectivity

The Lincstation S1 offers a balanced range of ports, ensuring compatibility with modern peripherals and network environments.

It features two 2.5GbE LAN ports, which allow for aggregated speeds up to 5GbE or network redundancy for failover support.

While it lacks native 10GbE, UnRAID users may be able to expand connectivity through USB-to-Ethernet or M.2 adapters.

In addition to network ports, the S1 includes multiple high-speed USB connections, supporting a variety of external storage, accessories, and direct system expansion.

With two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A and two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C ports, users benefit from 10Gbps data transfer speeds for high-performance storage solutions for backups and connected DAS peripherals – or even 2.5/5Gbps USB Adapters.

Two additional USB 2.0 ports are included for keyboard, mouse, or low-power peripherals.

A single HDMI 2.0 port provides 4K 60Hz output, making the device suitable for media playback, VM monitoring, or direct system management.

Users who prefer manual hardware control will appreciate the physical LED and LCD control switches on the front panel.

While these features improve accessibility, some software-based controls for LEDs and the LCD panel are still in development.


Lincstation S1 NAS – Internal Hardware & Performance

The Lincstation S1 is powered by an Intel Alder Lake-N N97 processor, a four-core chip optimized for energy efficiency and moderate workloads.

It includes 8GB of DDR5 memory, which can be upgraded via a single SODIMM slot for users who need more RAM. While ECC memory is not supported, the default configuration is sufficient for most home and prosumer workloads.

The M.2 NVMe slots operate at PCIe Gen 3×1 speeds, resulting in maximum sequential read speeds of around 1.5GB/s and write speeds of 1.3GB/s.

While this may not match enterprise-grade storage solutions, it is still a notable improvement over traditional SATA SSD speeds. Performance testing showed network throughput reaching peak speeds of 550MB/s, making 2.5GbE a strong match for the device’s storage capabilities.

Despite having modest sized CPU cooling, the S1 maintained stable operating temperatures even under sustained workloads. Idle power consumption was measured at 21–22W, with peak power draw reaching 45W under full load.

Noise levels remained within acceptable limits, fluctuating between 35–47dB depending on system activity.


Lincstation S1 NAS – Final Verdict

The Lincstation S1 NAS presents itself as a strong alternative to existing NAS solutions, offering a well-balanced blend of affordability, performance, and expandability. The inclusion of dual M.2 NVMe slots, four SATA bays, and dual 2.5GbE networking makes it suitable for home users, small businesses, and prosumers looking for an efficient storage solution. The pre-installed UnRAID license is an added bonus, making setup and system deployment more accessible, particularly for those new to NAS environments. While the Intel Alder Lake-N N97 processor and DDR5 memory provide solid performance, PCIe bandwidth limitations on the NVMe slots may restrict potential high-speed workflows. However, its low power consumption, quiet operation, and modular design make it a compelling option for users seeking a flexible and scalable NAS solution.

Despite its many strengths, the Lincstation S1 is not without limitations. The lack of 10GbE networking may be a drawback for those requiring higher network throughput, and the absence of PCIe expansion means users cannot add future network or storage controllers. Additionally, while the LCD panel offers useful system information, its integration with UnRAID remains a work in progress. Some users may also find the USB-to-Ethernet expansion workaround for additional networking cumbersome compared to native onboard support. Nonetheless, these trade-offs are expected at this price point, and for the majority of users, the included connectivity and features should be more than sufficient.

Ultimately, the Lincstation S1 NAS provides great value for its target audience, particularly for those who want an UnRAID-powered system without having to build one from scratch. It delivers decent performance, thoughtful design, and robust connectivity at an affordable price, making it an attractive option for users who want a mix of HDD and SSD storage with efficient networking. While some software refinements and additional hardware flexibility would improve the experience, the S1 is still a solid choice for home and business users alike.

Pros Cons
Affordable price for a hybrid HDD/SSD NAS No 10GbE networking option
Includes a pre-installed UnRAID license (1-year) No PCIe slot for expansion
Dual 2.5GbE ports for aggregated speeds up to 5GbE NVMe slots limited to PCIe Gen 3×1 speeds
Expandable RAM (8GB DDR5 SODIMM, upgradeable) UnRAID Hardware control is not as straightforward as some other turnkey NAS options in the market
Multiple high-speed USB ports (USB 3.2 Gen 2, USB-C 10Gbps)
Supports both HDDs and SSDs for flexible storage configurations
Low power consumption and efficient cooling system

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle


Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

GMKTec NucBox G9 NAS Review

Par : Rob Andrews
3 février 2025 à 18:00

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash NAS Review – Insane Value?

The GMKtec NucBox G9 represents the brand’s first attempt to transition from the mini PC market into the world of network-attached storage (NAS). This 4-bay, SSD-only system targets entry-level users and light workloads, offering affordability and versatility in a compact form factor. Designed as a hybrid between a mini PC and a NAS, the G9 comes with pre-installed dual operating systems—Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu—and a range of features aimed at balancing performance, cost, and functionality.

At its core, the G9 is powered by Intel’s efficient N150 processor, a quad-core chip designed for low-power applications. Paired with 12GB of LPDDR5 memory, it’s clear the system isn’t intended for heavy-duty tasks but rather for home use, backups, and small-scale media hosting.

The reliance on M.2 NVMe SSDs rather than traditional hard drives results in silent operation and faster performance, albeit at a higher cost per terabyte.

While it offers an impressive range of connectivity options, the lack of 10GbE networking and its reliance on PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes for storage performance may limit its appeal to users with more demanding needs. This review dives deep into the GMKtec NucBox G9 to explore its design, features, and performance, and determine whether it’s worth considering as an entry-level NAS.

GMKTec NucBox G9 NAS Review – Quick Conclusion / TL;DR

The GMKtec NucBox G9 is an affordable, compact NAS system that doubles as a mini PC. With support for up to 32TB of SSD storage across four M.2 NVMe slots, it’s designed for quiet and efficient operation. It’s powered by an Intel N150 processor and features dual 2.5GbE ports, multiple USB connections, and dual HDMI outputs. While the system is cost-effective, it has limitations in thermal management and external connectivity. This device is ideal for home users and small-scale setups that prioritize affordability and low noise over raw performance. However, the reliance on plastic for the chassis, lack of SSD heatsinks, and PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes limit its appeal for heavy workloads. Users should also be prepared to configure third-party NAS software, as the pre-installed operating systems are not optimized for NAS-specific functionality. If you’re looking for an entry-level, SSD-only NAS with minimal noise and power consumption, the GMKtec NucBox G9 is a compelling option. However, power users or those requiring advanced features like 10GbE or robust thermal performance may find it restrictive. It’s a promising debut for GMKtec in the NAS market, but with room for improvement in future iterations.

BUILD QUALITY - 6/10
HARDWARE - 7/10
PERFORMANCE - 6/10
PRICE - 10/10
VALUE - 10/10


7.8
PROS
👍🏻Affordable starting price ($150-199 for base model).
👍🏻Compact and lightweight design, ideal for small spaces.
👍🏻Quiet operation, even under load, with low noise levels (👍🏻Dual 2.5GbE ports with reliable and consistent performance.
👍🏻Supports up to 32TB of SSD storage with four M.2 NVMe slots.
👍🏻Low power consumption (19–30W) for energy-efficient operation.
👍🏻Pre-installed dual operating systems (Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu Linux).
👍🏻Versatile connectivity, including USB 3.2 Gen 2, USB-C, and HDMI outputs.
CONS
👎🏻PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes limit the full potential of M.2 NVMe SSDs.
👎🏻Plastic chassis hinders effective heat dissipation.
👎🏻No included SSD heatsinks, leading to thermal throttling risks.
👎🏻Lack of 10GbE networking for higher-speed environments.
👎🏻Pre-installed operating systems are not optimized for NAS functionality.
👎🏻Non-upgradable 12GB LPDDR5 memory limits scalability.
👎🏻Not a true turnkey NAS solution; requires user configuration.
👎🏻Thermal performance under load is insufficient without additional cooling

Where to Buy? How Much?

Component Details
CPU Intel N150 (Quad-Core, 3.6GHz)
Memory 12GB LPDDR5-4800
Storage 4 x M.2 NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 x2)
Networking 2 x 2.5GbE LAN
Ports 3 x USB-A 3.2 Gen 2, 1 x USB-C (data & video), 1 x USB-C (power), 2 x HDMI (4K 60Hz)
Pre-Installed OS Windows 11 Pro, Ubuntu Linux
Power Consumption 19-30W
Chassis Material Plastic
Price Starting at $169 ($216 for 1TB SSD Model)

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Design

The GMKtec NucBox G9 features a compact, lightweight plastic chassis, which contributes to its affordability but comes with certain drawbacks. While the design is minimalistic and functional, the reliance on plastic for the panel covering the four M.2 NVMe slots raises concerns about thermal performance. Metal would have been a better choice to aid heat dissipation, particularly in an SSD-only system where temperatures can rise quickly under load.

Inside, the system accommodates up to four M.2 NVMe SSDs, each operating at PCIe Gen 3 x2 speeds. This configuration supports up to 32TB of total storage, providing flexibility for users with varying needs.

However, the Gen 3 x2 limitation caps throughput at 2GB/s per drive, which may bottleneck performance in high-demand scenarios. While the system can handle basic RAID configurations, its performance in RAID setups is limited by the hardware.

The absence of heatsinks for the SSDs is a notable oversight. Although pre-configured models with SSDs include basic heatsinks, users adding their own drives will need to invest in aftermarket cooling solutions. The plastic panel covering the storage bays further exacerbates heat dissipation challenges, as it traps heat rather than dispersing it effectively. This is really only noticeable when the system was a especially high use, but it did give me pause for thought. (Thermal test with HikMicro Mini v2 Thermal Camera on Amazon HERE )

Despite these limitations, the G9’s storage configuration is impressive for its price range. SSD-only setups ensure silent operation and faster performance compared to traditional hard drives, making it ideal for environments where noise and energy efficiency are priorities.

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Connections

The G9 offers a solid selection of connectivity options for a device in its class. It includes two 2.5GbE LAN ports, allowing users to link aggregate bandwidth or set up separate networks. During testing, these ports easily reached their full potential, delivering consistent performance for both independent and linked configurations. However, the absence of 10GbE networking may deter users with more demanding network requirements.

In addition to networking, the system provides four USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports—three Type-A and one Type-C—offering up to 10Gbps of data transfer per port. The USB-C port doubles as a video output, complementing the two HDMI 2.0 ports that support 4K resolution at 60Hz. These features make the G9 versatile for dual roles as a NAS and a lightweight desktop workstation.

Power input is handled via a dedicated USB-C port connected to an external 65W power supply. This compact power solution aligns with the G9’s low-power design, but it also means there’s no internal power redundancy, which might concern users deploying the device in mission-critical environments.

While the ports and connections are adequate for most use cases, the lack of expandability—such as PCIe slots for adding 10GbE or other features—limits its future-proofing. Users seeking advanced connectivity options may need to consider alternatives or rely on external adapters.

Where to Buy?

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Internal Hardware

The Intel N150 processor is the heart of the GMKtec NucBox G9. This quad-core chip operates at a base clock of 1GHz, with a boost clock of 3.6GHz. Designed for efficiency, it features a 6W TDP, making it well-suited for low-power applications like home NAS setups. While not a powerhouse, it handles light workloads effectively, including file sharing, backups, and media streaming.

Feature Details
Architecture Intel Twice Lake
Cores / Threads 4 Cores / 4 Threads
Base Clock Speed 1.0 GHz
Boost Clock Speed Up to 3.6 GHz
TDP (Thermal Design Power) 6W
Cache 6MB Intel Smart Cache
Memory Support LPDDR5-4800, DDR4-3200 (dual-channel)
Graphics Integrated Intel UHD Graphics
Graphics Frequency Up to 1.0 GHz
Max Display Resolution 4K @ 60Hz (via HDMI/DisplayPort)
PCIe Version Gen 3 (Up to 9 lanes)
Instruction Set 64-bit
Special Features Intel VT-x, VT-d, AES-NI, Intel Speed Shift
Manufacturing Process 10nm Intel Process
Release Date Q1 2025

Paired with 12GB of LPDDR5-4800 memory, the system offers a decent amount of RAM for its intended purposes. However, the memory is soldered onto the board, meaning it cannot be upgraded. This limitation may frustrate users who anticipate scaling up their usage over time. The LPDDR5 memory’s efficiency helps offset this drawback by delivering faster performance compared to older DDR4 standards.

Storage capabilities are impressive, with support for up to four M.2 NVMe drives. These slots operate at PCIe Gen 3 x2, which, while adequate for most entry-level NAS tasks, may bottleneck performance in more demanding scenarios.

The system’s internal hardware also includes an eMMC drive for the pre-installed operating systems, but its limited 64GB capacity may prompt many users to replace it or install a new OS on an M.2 SSD.

The hardware design prioritizes cost-efficiency, which is evident in the lack of ECC memory support and limited thermal management. While these decisions align with the device’s target audience, they reinforce its position as an entry-level solution rather than a high-performance NAS. In other words – KEEP YOUR EXPECTATIONS RELATIVE!!!

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Software

The G9 is marketed as a “dual-system” NAS, shipping with Windows 11 Pro and Ubuntu Linux pre-installed. This flexibility allows users to operate the device as a mini PC or a lightweight NAS out of the box. However, neither OS is tailored for NAS-specific functionality, and users seeking advanced features like RAID management or robust file sharing will need to install third-party software.

Popular NAS operating systems such as TrueNAS, Unraid, or OpenMediaVault are compatible with the G9, but they require manual installation and configuration. While this isn’t a deal-breaker, it may deter users unfamiliar with NAS software or those seeking a plug-and-play solution. Ubuntu, while functional, lacks the intuitive tools and features found in dedicated NAS systems.

The inclusion of a Windows 11 Pro license is a welcome addition for users who may want to use the device as a general-purpose PC. However, this feature feels somewhat misplaced in a NAS-focused product, as most users will likely replace the OS with something more suited to storage tasks. Additionally, the 64GB eMMC drive hosting the OS is insufficient for many use cases, necessitating an upgrade to an M.2 SSD.

Overall, the software experience is mixed. While the dual OS option adds versatility, the lack of NAS-specific tools and reliance on user-driven configuration highlight the device’s limitations as a turnkey NAS solution.

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Performance & Tests

In performance testing, the G9’s storage read speeds peaked at 1.4–1.5GB/s per drive, which is respectable for its hardware. Write speeds were less consistent, averaging 400–500MB/s under sustained load.

Interestingly (and still being checked into since this review was started), the system features multiple ASM1182e Gen 2 packet switches to carve up the downstream of the PCIe lanes internally (understandable for a modest CPU to require PCIe switches to allow for so many M.2s), but I suspect that THIS is why the write performance was so low. Still checking and will update ASAP here and/or in the video.

The dual 2.5GbE ports delivered solid external performance, easily saturating their bandwidth in both independent and aggregated configurations.

Thermal management proved to be a challenge. Without included SSD heatsinks and with a plastic panel covering the storage bays, temperatures rose quickly under load. Idle temperatures were manageable, but sustained use resulted in throttling, emphasizing the need for aftermarket cooling solutions. This is especially important for users planning to use the device in environments with higher ambient temperatures.

Noise levels were impressively low, even with all three fans running. During idle, the system operated nearly silently, while under load, noise levels remained below 40dB. Power consumption ranged from 19–20W at idle to 28–30W under load, making it an efficient option for users concerned about energy usage.

Overall, the G9 performs well for an entry-level system but struggles in scenarios requiring sustained performance. Its thermal limitations and PCIe bottlenecks make it better suited for light to moderate workloads rather than demanding applications.

GMKTec NucBox G9 Flash Review – Conclusion & Verdict

The GMKtec NucBox G9 is an ambitious first step for the brand into the NAS market, blending elements of mini PCs with network-attached storage. Its compact, lightweight design, combined with the use of M.2 NVMe SSDs, makes it an efficient, quiet solution for home users or small-scale deployments. With a competitive starting price of $150-199 and dual operating systems pre-installed, it offers value for users who are comfortable setting up their own NAS software. The inclusion of dual 2.5GbE ports, multiple USB connections, and support for up to 32TB of SSD storage ensures it caters to a wide variety of use cases, from media hosting to backups. However, its reliance on plastic for the chassis and the absence of SSD heatsinks highlight thermal management as a weak point, making it less suitable for sustained or intensive workloads without additional investment in cooling solutions.

While the device performs well in basic NAS tasks, its hardware limitations, such as PCIe Gen 3 x2 slots and a non-upgradable memory configuration, may leave power users wanting more. The lack of 10GbE networking and limited built-in NAS software tools further cement its position as an entry-level system rather than a fully-featured solution. Ultimately, the NucBox G9 is a solid choice for users seeking an affordable, low-power NAS for quiet environments but less ideal for those with advanced needs or performance-intensive requirements. As a debut NAS product, it succeeds in offering value within its scope while leaving room for refinement in future iterations.

Pros Cons
Affordable starting price ($150-199 for base model) Limited to PCIe Gen 3 x2 lanes for M.2 NVMe slots
Compact and lightweight design Plastic chassis reduces thermal efficiency
Quiet operation, even under load No SSD heatsinks included
Dual 2.5GbE ports with solid performance Lacks 10GbE networking
Supports up to 32TB of SSD storage Pre-installed OS (Windows/Ubuntu) not NAS-optimized
Low power consumption (19–30W) Non-upgradable 12GB LPDDR5 memory
Pre-installed dual operating systems Not a true turnkey NAS solution
Flexible connectivity options (USB, HDMI, etc.) Thermal throttling under heavy loads
Where to Buy?
  • GmkTec G9 NAS (AliExpress) HERE
  • GMKTec NucBox G9 NAS (Amazon) HERE

 

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

How to Run UnRAID on Your Terramaster NAS (2025 Guide)

Par : Rob Andrews
31 janvier 2025 à 18:00

How to Install UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS Drive in 15mins

Note Terramaster have changed their policy with regard to installation of 3rd Party OS’ on their systems. This change now means that running UnRAID on your Terramaster NAS will NOT invalidate your 2/3 Year (device dependent) hardware warranty. However they will not support you on a software level and if you damage/corrupt the internal USB that bootloads the TOS OS, or mount your TOS storage in UnRAID and/or render it unusable in TOS, they will not be able to support you in reversing it. So, BACKUP YORU DATA/TOS CONFIG if you think you will be returning to the default OS setup down the road!

Aong the many Network Attached Storage (NAS) software options discussed online, one of the most underrated yet highly effective solutions in the DIY server community is UnRAID. Like many great innovations, UnRAID was born out of necessity—developed by a software engineer looking to solve a personal challenge. In the early 2000s, the primary concern was efficiently storing, accessing, and backing up large amounts of media. While RAID solutions existed, they came with rigid configurations, limited flexibility, and performance overheads that made 24/7 operation difficult for average users.

Fast forward to 2025, and while the NAS software market is filled with a variety of solutions, UnRAID has maintained a strong following among users who prioritize flexibility and customization. Unlike traditional RAID setups, UnRAID provides a unique approach to storage management, offering users greater control over their data, media, applications, and even virtual desktops. Its appeal extends to media enthusiasts, gamers, and professionals handling large data workloads, thanks to its ability to run on virtually any combination of hardware. This open-ended hardware compatibility grants users the freedom to build and optimize their systems to fit their exact needs.

So, where does TerraMaster NAS fit into the picture? At first glance, TerraMaster might seem like a traditional plug-and-play NAS solution, bundling hardware with its proprietary TOS operating system. However, many users who are drawn to UnRAID’s features may lack the confidence or technical expertise to build their own NAS from scratch. This is where TerraMaster NAS stands out—it offers an excellent balance of affordability, hardware capability, and ease of modification. Not only does it provide some of the best price-to-performance hardware options in 2025, but it is also surprisingly simple to reconfigure and install alternative software like UnRAID.

Note – There is a full 30+ Min Guide showing you how to Install UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS here on the NASCompares YouTube Channel.

UnRAID Software on Terramaster NAS Hardware – What You Need?

It’s important to note that simply owning a TerraMaster NAS isn’t enough to get UnRAID up and running. The process requires a few additional steps, as well as some extra components—many of which you may already have at home or in your office. If not, a quick online purchase for around $10 should cover what you need. Before proceeding with the upgrade, be sure to check and gather the following essentials:

 

  • I recommend not using a USB larger than 32GB, due to the constraints of 1st party software to format larger than this in FAT32. Don’t be tempted to spend like $2 more for a 64GB, as the UnRAID installation will occupy the full USB space (as you will create a system-image-USB) and space is utterly irrelevant when the UnRAID installation is so small
  • A basic USB Keyboard (example HERE but really, any will do) and an HDMI Monitor (or simply any device that has an HDMI input – NOT output) such as a TV or Capture card
  • Hard Drive and/or SSD media (you should already have these, but just in case) for your storage
  • OptionalDownload Advanced IP Scanner HERE, as it is a really useful tool for analyzing your network and finding your new UnRAID NAS for remote access

That is about it. Most of these (maybe not the USB drive at that physical size) you will almost certainly already have to hand.

Can I Reverse the UnRAID Installation and go back to Terramaster TOS?

Almost certainly, yes! However, there is one important caveat to keep in mind. When switching from TerraMaster’s TOS to UnRAID, the internal drives (HDDs and/or SSDs) will be reformatted to UnRAID’s storage pools, making them incompatible with TOS until reformatted again. This also applies if you decide to revert back to TOS—the transition is straightforward (simply replacing the internal USB drive and rebooting), but all data on the disks will be erased in the process.

Therefore, before making the switch between NAS operating systems, ensure that all critical data is properly backed up elsewhere. With that in mind, let’s move forward with installing UnRAID on your TerraMaster NAS.

UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS – Step 1, Download UnRAID

Head to the UnRAID website HERE and download the latest stable release of the software to your local PC, Linux or Mac system. Make sure to remember where you downloaded it. You CAN recommend the USB creator tool and that can allow you to create a system image of the UnRAID loader, but some users have highlighted that compatibility issues with some USB sticks and capacities have been highlighted. So, that is why I recommend scrolling down and downloaded the latest stable release of UnRAID to your local PC/Mac system.

UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS – Step 2, Preparing the USB

Connect the small form factor USB Drive to your system (again, this is the one I used from Sandisk) and after a few seconds, it should appear as an available USB Drive. The drive MAY need formatting (you will be prompted to do so), if that is the case, then you can format it via the system prompts and by default, it will format it to FAT32 (as long as your USB is less than 32GB). If you are not presented with a system prompt to format your USB, then you can head into My PC, or My Computer via a windows computer and right-click the drive, select ‘format’ and format it that way. IMPORTANT – Make sure in the ‘volume label’ or Drive Label field, you call the drive UNRAID (all in caps and no spacing)

If you have used the USB for other things previously, there is a chance that the drive has existing partitions in place. For that, the quickest way to completely remove any partitions is to open up the bottom-left windows system menu as normal, and then just type diskpart and open the command-line GUI tool. From there, use the command list disk to show the available drives that are connected, you will see your USB (normally disk 1 or 2, but can differ depending on your system layout and can be spotted by the storage amount). From there, type select disk # (where # is the drive number that your USB is shown as) and then type clean, which which will then remove any index structure for the drive (i.e the partitions and existing format) and then you can go back to the My Computer/My PC page and format the drive to FAT 32 as normal.

UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS – Step 4, Creating a USB Loader Image of UnRAID

Now that your USB has been prepared for the UnRAID USB setup, the next thing you need to do is move the appropriate installation files over to it. Find the .zip UnRAID Server installation you downloaded earlier on your PC/Mac system.

Then use the 1st party extractor tool or 3rd party tools such as WinRAR, then extract the contents of the downloaded .zip to the UNRAID USB drive (DO NOT CREATE ANY ADDITIONAL FOLDER STRUCTURE)!

REMEMBER! This will completely format your USB drive and any files that are on that USB will be destroyed. The process upto this point will have turned the USB into a pure boot image tool – the USB will not be usable for traditional storage again unless you completely format it again.

UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS – Setting the UnRAID USB to be a bootable Drive for the NAS

Now that you have the files extracted onto the UNRAID USB drive, you need to go into the folder structure and right-click the .bat file ‘make_bootable’, then select ‘run as Administrator’. This will open a new cmd window.

In this new CMD window, you simply need to press any button and the bootable batch file will do it’s thing in less than a second. Press any button again to exit the CMD window. Next, we need to amend a folder to ensure the drive is picked up as a bootable drive in the Terramaster mobo.

File the folder labelled ‘EFI-‘ and then rename it ‘EFI’. That’s all, there is nothing else left to change.

You can now safely remove the USB using the contextual system options on Windows/Mac systems and then prepare to install the USB inside the Terramaster NAS.

UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS – Step 6, Opening up your Terramaster NAS

This next step is going to differ depending on the Terramaster NAS Drive you are choosing to use. For this guide, I am using a 2023 generation F4-423 4-Bay NAS for this install, but the general steps are the same for any Terramaster NAS (though the location of the USB will differ) all the way up to the recently released F4-424 Max and T9-500 Pro!. With the Terramaster NAS disconnected from the network and from any power source. From there you will need to remove the external casing. In the case of most Terramaster NAS, the chassis is held by 4-6 screws on the rear of the casing that, when removed, allow you to remove the rear pannel+fans and slide the internal framework out the front of the casing (be sure to check the fans are not disconnected accidentally in this process). IMPORTANT – Remove any HDD/SSD Media during the dismantling of the Terramaster NAS chassis, as it would be so, SO easy to harm these with accidentally dropping/motion damage. No need to remember the order of the drives when you re-install them, as they are going to be formatted during the UnRAID installation.

Now, if you take a closer look at the main controller board of the Terramaster NAS (the one with network/USB ports attached, not the one that the HDD/SSD bays are on), you will spot a VERY small USB module in a tiny USB port. It should look something like this:

Now, THIS is where the default Terramaster TOS NAS software installation is kept. This is NOT where the OS actually runs from, but this is where the system checks in it’s BIOS when booting to find installation media (IF the system does not already have an active OS on the drives). Very delicately (as it IS a small USB and likely tucked in next to some other delicate components) remove the USB there is there, put it somewhere safe (as you will need this if you ever want to return the Terramster back to a TOS software system) and then replace it with the USB from earlier. THIS is why you needed a very small USB, as otherwise there is simply no way you would fit a traditional USB flash stick in the space provided.

That is pretty much it. This only other thing to factor in here is IF your Terramaster NAS does NOT have an external HDMI port. Most Terramsater NAS released after the 2020 generation have an HDMI port on the rear that although largely useless in TOS, is still accessible (something you will need for UnRAID initialization. However, some Terramaster NAS with Intel Processors have the HDMI Port located INSIDE the main chassis (much older 2018/2029 SERIES). So, IF your NAS has an inside HDMI port, you are going to need to connect an  HDMI monitor to it and run the initial installation (covering in a bit) with the chassis in this open state. After installation is complete, you can close the Terramaster NAS chassis up. Otherwise, if your NAS already has an external HDMI port, you can go ahead and reconstruct the NAS chassis. Essentially, if you NAS has integrated graphics (Intel Celeron, Pentium, N100, N305, Core, etc), you will have an HDMI output.

NOTE – If you plan on upgrading the memory of your NAS to 8GB-16GB (in order to use ALL of the features of UnRAID to their fullest extent), I would recommend doing so at this point before rebuilding the physical chassis again, as many Terramaser NAS have the 2nd SODIMM memory slot in really tight locations.

UnRAID on a Terramaster NAS – Step 7, Accessing the HDMI Port and Keyboard Control

Next, you need to start getting the system ready for Initialization and Setup. I would strongly recommend running the first-time installation via a direct interface with the Terramaster NAS. You will need to connect an HDMI Monitor/TV/Capture Card to the HDMI port of the NAS, a Keyboard (and/or mouse) to an available USB port) and then connect the power/network connections to the NAS and boot the device up. After this method of connection (as it allows you to check everything is working), you can switch back to accessing the system over the network in future.

You have two options with how to access the configuration and controls.

You can use the HDMI+Keyboard if you choose for console/command level access. Alternatively (much more recommended), use a program such as Advanced IP Scanner, which is free and VERY useful anyway, or even network command prompt) to scan your local area network and find where the Terramaster with UnRAID is located (i.e it’s IP).

This IP (eg 192.168.1.113) is what you put into the URL bar of your web browser and it will load into the login GUI for UnRAID. From here you will need to use the username ‘root’ in combination with the password that you created during initialization.

And that is about it. You now have UnRAID installed as the default OS of your Terramaster NAS. Now, it is worth remembering that UnRAID does require the use of a licence key in order to use all of the storage features. The type of licence you will need will be largely based on the scale of your storage (in terms of # of drives). However, you CAN go ahead and register for a free 30 day trial of UnRAID from within the GUI and get started.

From here you can do anything and everything that his highly regarded and exceptionally low resource-consuming server software offers. Head into the Storage area and start creating pools, as well as areas for caching and lots more features.

UnRAID was recently updated to ver.6.10.3 in a stable release of the massively portable format The first thing you are going to need to do when setting up your UnRAID > Terramaster NAS server is set up your storage. Do this by heading into the storage tab and following the handy steps on the screen. After that, you can pretty much do anything on your new lightweight NAS server!

Another fantastically easy and powerful bit of DiY NAS Software you can download that is often compared against is, of course, TrueNAS Core (currently in it’s Ver 13 release) You can find out more about TrueNAS Core in my full review below that covers everything I like and dislike about the platform:

Thanks for reading! I hope this guide has been helpful in maximizing your storage and getting the most out of your NAS. If you’d like to support my work and help me continue creating in-depth guides, reviews, and tutorials on NAS and related topics, there are a few ways you can do so—any of which I’d truly appreciate! You can visit the “Support NAS Passion” page HERE to explore different ways to contribute. Another easy way to help is by using the links below when shopping for your hardware—purchasing through these links earns us a small commission (at no extra cost to you), which helps keep the site running. Not looking to contribute financially? No problem (let’s be honest, we are all a bit strapped for cash these days – preach! You can still support us by recommending this blog to a friend, sharing a link on social media, or spreading the word to others who might find it useful.

Thanks again for reading, and have a fantastic week!


Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 

The Sharge Loomos AI Glasses – Do You Want AI on Your Face?

Par : Rob Andrews
29 janvier 2025 à 18:00

Loomos AI Smart Glasses: A CES 2025 Highlight in Wearable Technology

At CES 2025, Sharge introduced the Loomos AI Smart Glasses, marking the debut of its overseas sub-brand, Loomos. The glasses offer a range of advanced features, including AI-powered assistance, 4K photo and 1080p video capture, and ergonomic design tailored for everyday use. Positioned as an international adaptation of the Flash AI “Snap Mirror,” Loomos aims to balance innovation and practicality in the growing smart glasses market. Now LIVE on Kickstarter, at the starting backing price of $199, do you want AI glasses on your face? Let’s find out more.

Key Highlights / The TL;DR

  • AI Assistance: GPT-4o-powered features include translation, object recognition, note summarization, and general information retrieval.
  • Camera Technology: Equipped with a Sony 16MP sensor, the glasses support 4K photos and 1080p videos, with a 123° field of view and video stabilization.
  • Battery Life: A 450mAh built-in battery supports up to 40 hours of standby, expandable with an optional 6,500mAh neckband power bank.
  • Audio Features: Open-ear Hi-Fi speakers with dual DSP amplifiers offer high-quality sound without earbuds.
  • Privacy Measures: Local data storage, encrypted cloud options, and a visible LED indicator ensure user privacy and transparency.

Design and Comfort

Loomos emphasizes wearability with a lightweight 50-gram frame, flexible hinges, and adjustable nose pads. The design, created in collaboration with the eyewear brand LOHO, incorporates features like air-cushion nose pads to ensure comfort for diverse facial structures. The glasses also accommodate prescription lenses, increasing accessibility for a wider audience.

In terms of durability, Loomos is rated IPX4 for water resistance and IP5X for dust resistance, making it suitable for daily use in various environments. The glasses feature a magnetic Pogo-Pin charging interface, allowing users to charge them while wearing.

AI and Multimedia Features

The GPT-4o-powered AI assistant provides practical functionalities such as real-time text translation, object identification, and productivity tools like note summarization. The glasses also include Loomo OS, a proprietary memory system that locally records and stores audio, text, and images, enabling offline functionality for many tasks.

The audio system, developed with AAC Technologies, offers stereo sound through Hi-Fi open-ear speakers, supported by dual DSP amplifiers. Future updates will introduce Wi-Fi music streaming for added entertainment options. The Sony 16MP camera provides high-quality imaging and low-light performance, complemented by video stabilization for consistent results.

Privacy and Security

Sharge has implemented several privacy measures to address concerns surrounding wearable cameras. Data is stored locally on the device, with encryption for optional cloud services. A visible LED indicator activates during recording to ensure transparency, while a magnetic frame attachment disables the camera for use in sensitive areas. Once paired with a smartphone, the glasses’ data remains secure even if lost or stolen.

Launch and Pricing

The Loomos AI Smart Glasses will launch on Kickstarter on January 28, 2025, with a starting price of $199.99 for the first 2,000 units. Pricing will incrementally increase to $219, with an expected retail price of $299. An optional neckband power bank will also be available to extend battery life. Sharge plans to expand globally, with subsidiaries in North America and Europe to support broader market adoption.


Specifications Table

Feature Details
Processor Unisoc W517, 2.0GHz quad-core
AI Integration GPT-4o
Camera Sony 16MP, 4K photos, 1080p video
Field of View 123°, low-light and stabilization
Audio Hi-Fi speakers with dual DSP amplifiers
Storage 32GB eMMC
Connectivity Bluetooth 5.0, Wi-Fi
Battery 450mAh (40-hour standby), expandable
Water Resistance IPX4 water, IP5X dust
Weight 50 grams
Charging Pogo-Pin magnetic interface
Launch Date January 28, 2025 (Kickstarter)
Starting Price $199.99

The Loomos AI Smart Glasses present an ambitious approach to merging AI capabilities with practical wearability. Their Kickstarter launch will provide an early indication of how consumers respond to this innovative product in a competitive smart glasses market.

Click Below to visit the Kickstarter campaign for the Sharge Loomos AI Glasses:

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 
Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you. Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which is used to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H. You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks! To find out more about how to support this advice service check HERE   If you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver   Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
     

The Asustor Lockerstor Gen 3 NAS Series – SHOULD YOU BUY?

Par : Rob Andrews
27 janvier 2025 à 18:00

Should You Buy the Asustor Lockerstor Gen 3 NAS Series?

UPDATE The Lockerstor Gen 3 NAS Series is NOW AVAILABLE in a 4 Bay ($1299) and 6 Bay ($1499) configuration, with an 8-Bay and 10-Bay system coming later in 2024.

The Asustor Lockerstor Gen 3 NAS series, which includes models ranging from the 4-Bay AS6804T, 6-Bay AS6806T, 8-Bay AS6808T, to the 10-Bay AS68010T, is designed to offer impressive performance, flexibility, and scalability for both home and business users. It packs several advanced features, including dual 10GbE ports, dual 5GbE ports, and USB 4.0, making it an attractive choice for those who need a powerhouse NAS solution. With the AMD Ryzen V3000 embedded processor, ECC memory support, and up to four M.2 NVMe slots, this series promises to deliver robust performance for demanding tasks. However, with prices starting at $1,299 for the 4-bay model, some may find the cost a bit steep compared to previous iterations or other NAS competitors. In this review, we’ll discuss five pros and five cons of the Asustor Lockerstor Gen 3 series to help you decide if it’s the right NAS solution for you.

Specification Details
CPU AMD Ryzen V3C14 (Quad-Core, 2.3GHz base, 3.8GHz turbo)
Memory 16GB DDR5 ECC (expandable to 64GB)
Network Dual 10GbE ports, dual 5GbE ports, USB 4.0 x2
Storage Bays 4 (AS6804T), 6 (AS6806T), 8 (AS6808T), 10 (AS68010T)
M.2 NVMe Slots 4 (Gen 4, x1)
Power Consumption 30-50W during idle/utilization
Supported Drives SATA HDD/SSD (up to 24TB), M.2 NVMe SSDs

Reasons to Consider the Lockerstor Gen 3 Series

The Asustor Lockerstor Gen 3 series is packed with powerful features that make it a great option for those needing high-performance storage. Let’s dive into the top five reasons to consider this NAS.

1. High-Speed Network Connectivity

The Lockerstor Gen 3 series excels in providing excellent network bandwidth options, making it ideal for users with demanding network requirements. All models in this series come equipped with dual 10GbE and dual 5GbE network ports. The 10GbE ports offer 1GB per second of data transmission speed each, while the dual 5GbE ports offer around 500-550MB per second. This impressive configuration allows users to have multiple high-speed connections simultaneously, greatly enhancing performance for tasks like large data transfers and streaming.

The potential network throughput of up to 30Gbps makes this NAS series stand out from most competitors. Whether you’re setting up point-to-point connections with other devices, connecting through a managed switch, or utilizing SMB multichannel, the Lockerstor Gen 3 can handle heavy data loads effortlessly. This connectivity makes the series suitable for businesses and power users who need reliable, high-speed access to their data.

Furthermore, the inclusion of USB 4.0/Thunderbolt 4 adds another layer of flexibility. Users can connect directly to the NAS via Thunderbolt 4-enabled devices, taking advantage of up to 20Gbps per port. This allows for fast data transfers between the NAS and connected devices, bypassing traditional network bottlenecks. Video editors and professionals dealing with large file sizes will particularly appreciate the fast, point-to-point connections provided by the USB 4.0 ports.

2. Compact Design with Low Power Consumption

Despite its impressive hardware and performance capabilities, the Lockerstor Gen 3 series maintains a relatively compact footprint. This makes it ideal for home or small office environments where space may be limited, yet high-performance storage is essential. The chassis, which is built from metal with a plastic front, ensures durability while keeping the overall size manageable. Its design includes sufficient ventilation, allowing the system to remain cool even during heavy operation.

 

The power consumption of the Lockerstor Gen 3 series is another noteworthy feature. During testing, the NAS consumed between 30-50 watts depending on the level of utilization, which is impressive for a system that packs so much power. Even with 4 to 10 hard drives installed and multiple NVMe SSDs operating simultaneously, the power draw remained relatively low. This efficiency makes the series a cost-effective option for users looking for powerful hardware that doesn’t come with excessive energy costs.

Noise levels are also impressively low. The Lockerstor Gen 3 series is designed with a 120mm rear fan, copper heat pipes, and extensive internal ventilation, which help manage temperatures without producing excessive noise. Even during heavy workloads, the system remains quiet, making it suitable for environments where noise could be an issue. This balance of power, cooling, and quiet operation is one of the major advantages of the series.

3. Impressive Storage Options and Expansion

Storage scalability is another strong suit of the Lockerstor Gen 3 series. The NAS models come with 4, 6, 8, or 10 SATA bays, depending on the model, allowing for plenty of hard drive storage. Each bay can accommodate up to 24TB of storage, meaning even the smallest model, the 4-bay AS6804T, can hold up to 96TB of raw storage. For users needing more, the 10-bay AS68010T can store up to 240TB. This is ideal for data-heavy environments like video production, archival work, or large-scale backups.

The addition of four M.2 NVMe slots across the entire series further enhances the flexibility of the Lockerstor Gen 3 models. These slots can be used for SSD caching, RAID storage pools, or tiered storage solutions, providing users with faster data access.

The fact that these are Gen 4 NVMe slots also ensures high-speed performance, with each slot capable of up to 2GB per second throughput. Whether for fast-access storage or as a dedicated scratch disk for demanding applications, the inclusion of NVMe slots gives the series a significant advantage.

Users can configure their storage in various ways to meet specific needs, including combining HDDs for large-capacity storage while using NVMe SSDs for performance-intensive tasks. The ability to mix and match different storage types makes this NAS series particularly versatile for users with evolving storage requirements.

Additionally, with support for advanced RAID configurations, including RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, and 10, users have numerous options for optimizing performance and data redundancy.

4. Advanced ADM 5 Software Features

Asustor’s ADM 5 operating system plays a crucial role in making the Lockerstor Gen 3 series a competitive choice. ADM 5 is not just a basic NAS management interface; it offers a broad array of features tailored to both home users and enterprises. With support for a wide variety of network protocols, such as SMB, NFS, and iSCSI, it provides the flexibility required to integrate the NAS into various environments. Moreover, ADM 5 includes advanced tools for managing backups, virtual machines, and even Docker containers.

ADM 5 also introduces new features that make it easier to manage and secure data. For instance, the system offers extensive support for data backup, with the ability to sync files to cloud services like Dropbox, Google Drive, and Microsoft OneDrive. Local backups to other NAS units or external drives are also supported, ensuring that users can safeguard their data no matter what. Additionally, the system includes various security features like two-step authentication, port blocking, and IP blacklists, which are essential for protecting data in today’s increasingly connected world.

One area where ADM 5 shines is in its ability to run third-party applications, such as AI tools and multimedia apps, alongside the standard NAS functionality. Users can deploy virtual machines, run containerized applications, and manage multimedia libraries with ease. While some users may find the interface a bit overwhelming initially, the overall functionality is robust and meets the needs of power users and businesses alike. ADM 5 continues to improve with regular updates, adding more features and fine-tuning the user experience.

5. Powerful CPU and ECC Memory

At the core of the Lockerstor Gen 3 series is the AMD Ryzen V3C14 processor, a quad-core, eight-thread CPU based on AMD’s Rembrandt architecture. With a base clock of 2.3GHz and a turbo speed of up to 3.8GHz, this processor is designed to handle demanding tasks with ease. Whether running multiple virtual machines, performing large-scale data backups, or streaming media to several devices at once, the V3C14 can keep up with the workload without significant slowdowns. Its 20 PCIe Gen 4 lanes also ensure that data moves swiftly between the NAS’s various components.

One of the standout features of the Lockerstor Gen 3 series is its support for ECC memory. The system comes with 16GB of DDR5 ECC memory, which can be expanded up to 64GB. ECC (Error Correcting Code) memory provides an extra layer of data integrity by detecting and correcting memory errors that can occur during data transfer. This is particularly important for NAS devices that are expected to run continuously, as it helps prevent data corruption over time. The combination of ECC memory and the powerful Ryzen processor makes the Lockerstor Gen 3 series a reliable option for business-critical applications.

Component Specification
CPU Model AMD Ryzen V3000 (Embedded)
CPU Architecture Zen 3+ (Rembrandt), 6 nm, Socket FP7
Cores / Threads 4 cores / 8 threads
Base Frequency 2.3 GHz
Turbo Frequency Up to 3.8 GHz
TDP Configurable 10-25W (Default 15W)
L1 Cache 64 KB per core
L2 Cache 512 KB per core
L3 Cache 8 MB (shared)
Memory Type DDR5 ECC
Memory Speed 4800 MT/s
Memory Capacity 16GB (expandable up to 64GB, 2 slots)
Memory Channels Dual-channel
ECC Support Yes (Error-Correcting Code memory)

The memory and CPU combination ensures that the Lockerstor Gen 3 series can handle even the most resource-intensive tasks, including real-time data processing, virtualization, and large-scale data storage. The system’s design is optimized for high throughput, and the ECC memory further ensures data accuracy and consistency. Users who require high reliability, such as those in the creative industry or enterprise IT environments, will find that the Lockerstor Gen 3 series delivers the performance and stability they need.

Reasons to Be Cautious About the Lockerstor Gen 3 Series

While the Lockerstor Gen 3 series boasts many strengths, there are a few potential drawbacks to consider. Here are four aspects that might make you hesitate before purchasing this NAS.

1. High Price Point

One of the most significant factors to consider when evaluating the Lockerstor Gen 3 series is its price. With the 4-bay AS6804T starting at $1,299, this NAS series is notably more expensive than its predecessors or other competing models in the market. The 6-bay AS6806T is priced at $1,499, and the 8-bay and 10-bay models are expected to cost upwards of $1,699 and $1,899, respectively. For many users, especially those transitioning from the Gen 2 series, this price increase may come as a shock, making it harder to justify the upgrade.

It’s important to note that while the price is high, the hardware improvements over previous generations are substantial. The inclusion of dual 10GbE and dual 5GbE ports, USB 4.0, M.2 NVMe slots, and ECC memory support all contribute to the higher cost. However, for users who only require basic storage functionality or have lower network demands, the Lockerstor Gen 3’s price may be overkill. It’s essential to weigh the performance needs against the price before making a purchase.

Moreover, Asustor is still considered a smaller player in the NAS market compared to giants like Synology or QNAP. This may lead some users to hesitate when faced with a high price tag from a brand that does not yet have the same market dominance. While the Lockerstor Gen 3 series offers an impressive set of features, its premium price point may limit its appeal to a niche audience of power users and businesses with larger budgets.

2. Lack of Integrated Graphics

Another drawback of the Lockerstor Gen 3 series is the absence of integrated graphics. While the AMD Ryzen V3C14 processor is powerful, it lacks the integrated GPU that many users rely on for media transcoding or graphical workloads. This could be a significant limitation for users who use their NAS for streaming media via Plex or other similar applications, where on-the-fly video transcoding is required to adjust for different devices or network conditions.

Without integrated graphics, the Lockerstor Gen 3 series struggles to perform efficient real-time transcoding, especially for 4K or 8K media files. Users who plan to use their NAS for media streaming to various devices may find that the system becomes overworked when handling high-resolution media formats. This limitation makes the NAS less suitable for those who prioritize multimedia use, particularly if their library includes high-definition content that needs to be transcoded frequently.

For users who don’t need media transcoding or graphics processing, the absence of integrated graphics may not be a significant issue. However, for those looking to build a media server or run GPU-dependent applications, the lack of an iGPU could limit the system’s potential. It’s an important factor to consider, especially if you’re comparing the Lockerstor Gen 3 series to other NAS models that come with integrated graphics processors (IGP).

3. ADM Software Still Needs Refinement

Although Asustor’s ADM 5 software has made significant improvements over previous versions, it still has some rough edges that need polishing. One of the main complaints is that certain features and services are scattered across multiple apps, making it more difficult for users to find what they need. For example, backup and synchronization tools are split between different apps, creating confusion for users who may expect these functions to be consolidated in a single portal.

The overall user interface of ADM 5, while functional, can feel clunky, especially for newcomers to the NAS ecosystem. Some tasks, such as setting up backup routines or managing security protocols, require users to navigate through several different apps, which can be frustrating. Asustor could improve the user experience by centralizing these functions and streamlining the interface, similar to what competitors like Synology have done with their DiskStation Manager (DSM) software.

Despite these minor issues, ADM 5 is still a solid platform, particularly for users familiar with Asustor’s ecosystem. The software includes a wide range of features, such as support for AI-powered tools, cloud backups, and virtual machine deployment. However, for those new to Asustor or users expecting a more polished software experience, the learning curve may be steeper than with other NAS brands.

4. Limited Surveillance Features

The Surveillance Center app that comes bundled with the Lockerstor Gen 3 series is functional but somewhat lackluster compared to the offerings from other NAS brands. While it supports basic IP camera setups and can handle real-time streaming, it falls short in terms of advanced surveillance features. Competitors like Synology’s Surveillance Station or QNAP’s QVR Pro offer more robust options, such as advanced AI analytics, better camera compatibility, and a more user-friendly interface.

One of the issues with Asustor’s Surveillance Center is its dated interface, which feels out of sync with the more modern features available in ADM 5. The app supports a range of IP cameras and allows for KVM output, where users can attach a monitor for standalone operation. However, its overall performance and feature set don’t live up to the expectations set by its competitors. This may be disappointing for users who plan to use their NAS for surveillance in addition to regular storage tasks.

While Asustor does offer a beta version of an updated Surveillance Center app, it is not included with ADM 5 by default. The beta version brings improvements in browser support and a more responsive user interface, but it’s still in development and not officially part of the software package. As a result, users seeking a NAS primarily for surveillance purposes might want to consider alternative options from brands with stronger surveillance app ecosystems.

Lockerstor Gen 3 NAS Series. Are they Any Good? – Conclusion and Verdict

The Asustor Lockerstor Gen 3 series is undoubtedly one of the most feature-packed and powerful NAS systems available today. Its high-speed network connectivity, flexible storage options, and robust processing power make it an excellent choice for power users, businesses, and anyone needing high-performance data storage and management. The inclusion of ECC memory, multiple M.2 NVMe slots, and extensive ADM 5 software features further enhance its appeal, especially for those who require advanced data protection and cloud integration. However, the high price point and a few software shortcomings may be off-putting for some potential buyers. Additionally, the lack of integrated graphics could limit its appeal for multimedia-heavy tasks. That said, if you are looking for a versatile, future-proof NAS system with exceptional performance, the Lockerstor Gen 3 series is hard to beat.

SOFTWARE - 7/10
HARDWARE - 10/10
PERFORMANCE - 10/10
PRICE - 7/10
VALUE - 7/10


8.2
PROS
👍🏻High-Performance CPU: Equipped with the AMD Ryzen V3000 Embedded processor, delivering efficient, server-grade performance for demanding tasks.
👍🏻ECC DDR5 Memory: Includes 16GB of ECC DDR5 memory (expandable to 64GB), ensuring data integrity and reliability.
👍🏻Comprehensive Connectivity: Dual 10GbE and dual 5GbE ports, along with two USB4 ports, provide a combined bandwidth of up to 30 Gbps for versatile network setups.
👍🏻Advanced Data Protection: Offers RAID 5 and RAID 6 options for HDDs and NVMe drives, with hot-swappable capabilities and Btrfs support for snapshots.
👍🏻USB4/Thunderbolt 4 Over IP: Supports direct connection to Mac and Windows systems via USB4 for fast data transfers and point-to-point editing.
👍🏻Robust Build Quality: Sturdy metal chassis with minimal noise, even during heavy operations, and excellent heat dissipation with a copper heat pipe.
👍🏻ADM 5 Software: Reliable, secure OS with essential features like snapshots, remote access, and simplified setup; supports third-party OS installations.
👍🏻Efficient Power Consumption: Peaks at around 50W under heavy load, efficient for the system’s performance class.
👍🏻Front LCD Display: The configurable LCD panel allows direct monitoring and setup, a handy feature for easy system management.
👍🏻Excellent for Multi-User Environments: Multi-channel network support and high bandwidth make it ideal for collaborative, multi-client setups.
CONS
👎🏻High Price Point: At around $1,299, it’s a premium option, potentially limiting appeal for home users and hobbyists.
👎🏻No Integrated Graphics: Lacks GPU support, limiting multimedia transcoding and high-end streaming capabilities.
👎🏻Software Limitations: ADM 5 is solid but doesn’t match the multimedia and AI features found in competitors like Synology and QNAP.
👎🏻M.2 NVMe Slots Limited to PCIe x1: Each NVMe slot is limited to x1 speed, slightly capping potential performance for SSDs.

Where to Buy a Product
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤ 
amzamexmaestrovisamaster 24Hfree delreturn VISIT RETAILER ➤

📧 SUBSCRIBE TO OUR NEWSLETTER 🔔
[contact-form-7]
🔒 Join Inner Circle

Get an alert every time something gets added to this specific article!


Want to follow specific category? 📧 Subscribe

This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below

Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?

Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you. Need Help? Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry. [contact-form-7] TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a ☕ Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service check HEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check Fiver Have you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here  
 
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
    
 
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.

☕ WE LOVE COFFEE ☕

 
❌
❌